CDS Guide 2012 e Jan17

Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems
GUIDE FOR THE
CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2012 (Updated January 2017 – see next page)
American Bureau of Shipping

Incorporated by Act of Legislature of
the State of New York 1862
 2012 American Bureau of Shipping. All rights reserved.

ABS Plaza
16855 Northchase Drive
Houston, TX 77060 USA
Updates
January 2017 consolidation includes:

• December 2015 version plus Notice No. 3
December 2015 consolidation includes:

• February 2014 version plus Notice No. 2
February 2014 consolidation includes:

• September 2012 version plus Notice No. 1 and Corrigenda/Editorials
Foreword
Foreword (1 September 2012)

This Guide has been revised to assist the industry with Classification of Drilling Systems. This revision
supersedes the March 2011 ABS Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems. This Guide becomes
effective as of 1 September 2012.
The Guide describes criteria to be used for drilling systems, which are to be approved by the American
Bureau of Shipping (ABS), and it is built upon requirements of the recognized codes and standards, as
referenced in this Guide. The Guide contains the following nine (9) main sections and five (5) appendices:
Section 1 Scope and Condition of Classification
Section 2 Design of Drilling Systems
Section 3 Drilling Systems
Section 4 Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval
Section 5 Drilling System Piping
Section 6 Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment
Section 7 Welding and Nondestructive Examination
Section 8 Surveys at Vendor’s Plant During Installation and Commissioning
Section 9 Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class
Appendix 1 Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS Classification of Drilling Systems
Appendix 2 Example of Manufacturer’s Affidavit of Compliance
Appendix 3 Example of Independent Review Certificate
Appendix 4 Example of Certificate of Conformity
Appendix 5 Example of Maintenance Release Note
This Guide is to be used in conjunction with other applicable ABS Rules and Guides, codes and standards
as referenced therein, and applicable national regulations.
ABS Classification continues to provide the offshore industry with a pathway toward agreement by Regulatory
Authorities. However, the Owner/Operator’s specific request for compliance with applicable requirements
of Flag or Coastal State Authorities affecting the drilling systems is to be filed as an addendum to the
Request for Classification.
The following changes to the Guide were incorporated into the September 2012 CDS Guide:
General
• None
Section 1
• Editorial changes.
• New reference, definitions, and acronyms added.
Section 2
• Provided “Risk Assessment for Drilling System”
• Added submittal requirements for conductor tensioning system/unit.
ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 iii

Section 3
• Revised accumulator hydraulic capacity requirements for subsea and surface BOP stack.
• Modified shearing capacity requirements – calculations, testing, etc.
• Revised choke and kill systems requirements, and their control system requirements.
• Added design requirements for:
- Kill Unit
- Riser Recoil System
- Conductor Tensioning System
- Personnel Baskets
- Gears and Couplings
• Clarifications provided for “Control Systems”.
Section 4
• Clarified and modified Table 1 of Section 4.
• Provided “Revalidation Date” requirements for IRC.
• Allowance of PDAs.
• Allowance of limited use of ABS Type Approval Program for selected equipment.
Section 5
• Clarified the requirements for “Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses” to consider different service categories.
• Clarified the requirements for “Thread Joints and Connections” and “Socket Welds”.
• Clarified the requirements for “Fire Resistance”.
• Provided requirements for “Primary Product Form”.
Section 6
• Revised toughness requirements for structural load-bearing equipment and components.
• Provide guidance on structural galvanizing process.
Section 7
• Clarified requirements for welding and NDE.
• Provided guidance on delayed NDE.
• Clarified drawwork testing requirements.
Section 8
Section 9
• Added requirements for Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plans (DEMP).
• Added requirements for prefabrication or kick-off meeting.
• Added “Unscheduled Survey” and “Alternatives to Periodic Survey”
Appendix 1
• Additional codes and standards.
iv ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Appendix 2
• Updated the contents to provide additional parameters for Appendix 2 “Example of Manufacturer’s
Affidavit of Compliance”
Appendix 3
• Provided “Revalidation Date” for IRC.
Appendix 4
• None
Appendix 5
• Added example of Survey Report (SR).
Appendix 6
• None
ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 v

Table of Contents
GUIDE FOR THE
CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 Scope and Conditions of Classification ............................................... 1
1 Classification .......................................................................................1
1.1 Process ............................................................................................ 1
1.3 Certificates and Reports .................................................................. 1
1.5 Representations as to Classification ................................................ 2
1.7 Scope of Classification .................................................................... 2
3 Suspension and Cancellation of Class ...............................................3
3.1 Termination of Classification and Notice of Surveys ........................ 3
3.3 Suspension of Class ........................................................................ 3
3.5 Lifting of Suspension ....................................................................... 3
3.7 Cancellation of Class ....................................................................... 4
5 Class Notation .....................................................................................4
5.1 ABS Class Notation ......................................................................... 4
5.2 CDS Ready Notation ....................................................................... 4
5.3 Systems Not Built Under Survey...................................................... 4
7 Rules for Classification .......................................................................5
7.1 Applications ..................................................................................... 5
7.3 Effective Date of Change of Requirement ....................................... 5
7.5 Scope .............................................................................................. 5
7.7 Alternatives ...................................................................................... 6
7.9 Risk Assessment ............................................................................. 7
9 Other Regulations ...............................................................................8
9.1 International and Other Regulations ................................................ 8
9.3 Governmental Regulations .............................................................. 8
11 IACS Audit...........................................................................................8
13 Submission of Plans ...........................................................................9
15 Conditions for Survey After Construction............................................9
15.1 Damage, Failure and Repair ............................................................ 9
15.3 Notification and Availability for Survey ........................................... 10
17 Units ..................................................................................................10
19 Fees ..................................................................................................11
21 Disagreement ....................................................................................11
21.1 Rules and Guides .......................................................................... 11
21.3 Surveyor ........................................................................................ 11
23 Limitation of Liability..........................................................................11
vi ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

25 References ........................................................................................ 11
27 Definitions ......................................................................................... 12
29 Acronyms and Abbreviations ............................................................ 21
SECTION 2 Design of Drilling Systems .................................................................. 24

1 Design of Drilling System .................................................................. 24
1.1 General.......................................................................................... 24
1.3 Equipment Layout ......................................................................... 24
1.5 Overpressurization Protection ....................................................... 25
1.7 Materials ........................................................................................ 25
1.9 Welding and Nondestructive Examination ..................................... 25
1.11 Platforms and Railings .................................................................. 25
3 Design Specifications........................................................................ 25
5 Design Considerations ...................................................................... 26
5.1 Recognized Standards .................................................................. 26
5.3 Alternative Basis of Design............................................................ 26
5.5 Corrosion/Erosion Allowance ........................................................ 26
5.7 Design Conditions ......................................................................... 27
5.9 Risk Assessments for Drilling System ........................................... 27
5.11 FMEA/FMECA Validation Program ............................................... 28
7 Design Plans and Data ..................................................................... 29
7.1 General Arrangement for Drilling System ...................................... 29
7.3 Well Control Systems and Equipment ........................................... 30
7.5 Marine Drilling Riser Systems ....................................................... 34
7.6 Conductor Tensioning System/Unit ............................................... 36
7.7 Drill String Compensation Systems ............................................... 36
7.9 Bulk Storage, Transfer, Conditioning, and Circulation Systems .... 37
7.11 Hoisting, Lifting, Tubular Handling Systems .................................. 38
7.13 Mechanical Load-Bearing Equipment ............................................ 42
7.15 Burner/Flare Booms (Permanently Fitted) ..................................... 42
7.17 Electrical Systems and Equipment ................................................ 43
7.19 Control Systems ............................................................................ 43
7.21 Pressure-Retaining Equipment...................................................... 44
7.23 Piping Systems and Piping Components ...................................... 44
7.25 Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses ..................................................... 45
7.27 Manufacturing Specifications ......................................................... 45
SECTION 3 Drilling Systems ................................................................................... 47

1 General ............................................................................................. 47
3 Well Control System ......................................................................... 48
3.1 Blowout Preventer System and Equipment ................................... 48
3.3 Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) ........................................... 53
3.5 Choke and Kill Systems and Equipment ....................................... 54
3.7 Diverter System and Equipment .................................................... 60
3.9 Marine Drilling Riser Systems ....................................................... 61
3.11 Auxiliary Well Control Equipment .................................................. 61
ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 vii

5 Marine Drilling Riser System.............................................................62
5.1 Riser Tensioning System and Equipment ...................................... 62
5.3 Marine Drilling Riser Operating Envelope ...................................... 63
5.5 Technical Requirements ................................................................ 64
5.7 Design Documentation .................................................................. 65
6 Conductor Tensioning System ..........................................................66
6.1 Conductor Tensioning System Equipment ..................................... 66
6.3 Control Systems for Conductor Tensioning System ...................... 66
7 Drill String Compensation System ....................................................66
7.1 Drill String Compensation Equipment ............................................ 66
9 Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer Systems ..............................67
9.1 Bulk Storage and Transfer Equipment ........................................... 67
9.3 Cementing System and Equipment ............................................... 68
9.5 Mud Return System and Equipment .............................................. 68
9.7 Well Circulation System and Equipment ........................................ 68
11 Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating and Handling Systems .............................70
11.1 Derricks/Masts ............................................................................... 70
11.3 Hoisting Equipment........................................................................ 73
11.5 Lifting Equipment ........................................................................... 76
11.7 Handling Equipment ...................................................................... 81
11.9 Rotary Equipment .......................................................................... 83
11.11 Miscellaneous Equipment .............................................................. 83
13 Classified Areas ................................................................................84
15 Control Systems ................................................................................84
15.1 Control Systems ............................................................................ 84
15.3 Control Systems for Well Control Equipment ................................. 85
15.5 Electrical Control Systems and Computer-Based Systems ........... 86
15.7 Safety Systems – Equipment ......................................................... 87
17 Pressure-Retaining Equipment .........................................................87
17.1 Pressure Vessels ........................................................................... 87
17.3 Hydraulic Cylinders ........................................................................ 88
19 Electrical Systems and Equipment ...................................................88
21 Rotating Machinery ...........................................................................88
21.1 Internal Combustion Engines ......................................................... 88
21.3 Rotating Electrical Machinery ........................................................ 89
21.5 Gears and Couplings ..................................................................... 89
23 Skid Mounted Equipment ..................................................................89
23.1 Skid Structures .............................................................................. 90
23.3 Drip Pans ....................................................................................... 90
SECTION 4 Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval .......................... 91

1 General .............................................................................................91
3 Approval Process ..............................................................................91
3.1 Design Review ............................................................................... 92
3.3 ABS Survey ................................................................................... 93
3.5 Issuance of Certificates and Reports ............................................. 94
viii ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

3.7 Individual Equipment Approval: Non-Class Installation ................. 95
3.9 Vendor Coordination Program ....................................................... 95
TABLE 1 Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment ............. 96
SECTION 5 Drilling System Piping ....................................................................... 120

1 General ........................................................................................... 120
3 Design Criteria ................................................................................ 120
3.1 Piping Systems and Components ............................................... 120
3.3 Fittings and Valves ...................................................................... 121
3.5 Piping Joints and Connections .................................................... 121
3.7 Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses ................................................... 123
5 Materials.......................................................................................... 125
5.1 Toughness................................................................................... 125
5.3 Composite Materials .................................................................... 125
7 Welding and NDE ........................................................................... 125
SECTION 6 Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment ................................ 126

1 General ........................................................................................... 126
1.1 Material Categories ..................................................................... 126
1.3 Material Properties ...................................................................... 126
1.5 Corrosion – Sour Service ............................................................ 126
1.7 Bolts and Nuts ............................................................................. 126
3 Materials for Structural Load-Bearing Components ....................... 127
3.1 Toughness................................................................................... 127
3.3 Galvanizing.................................................................................. 128
5 Materials for Mechanical Load-Bearing Components ..................... 129
5.1 Toughness................................................................................... 129
7 Materials for Pressure-Retaining Equipment and Piping
Components .................................................................................... 130
7.1 Toughness................................................................................... 130
9 Fabrication Considerations ............................................................. 131
9.1 Welding ....................................................................................... 131
9.3 Forming ....................................................................................... 131
11 Primary Product Form ..................................................................... 131
11.1 General........................................................................................ 131
11.3 Rolled Products ........................................................................... 131
11.5 Forgings ...................................................................................... 132
11.7 Castings ...................................................................................... 132
13 Sealing Materials ............................................................................ 132
13.1 Elastomeric Sealants ................................................................... 132
13.3 Ring Joint Gaskets ...................................................................... 132
15 Materials and Traceability ............................................................... 132
15.1 Materials ...................................................................................... 132
15.3 Traceability .................................................................................. 133
ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 ix

SECTION 7 Welding and Nondestructive Examination ....................................... 134
1 General ...........................................................................................134
1.1 Welding ........................................................................................ 134
1.3 Nondestructive Examination (NDE) ............................................. 134
3 Specifications ..................................................................................134
3.1 Welding Procedure Specification ................................................. 135
3.3 NDE Procedures .......................................................................... 135
5 Welder/Welding Operator Qualification ..........................................135
7 Qualification of Nondestructive Technicians ...................................135
9 Post Weld Heat Treatment..............................................................135
11 Nondestructive Examination ...........................................................136
11.1 Extent of Examination for Materials and Welds ........................... 136
11.3 Inspection for Delayed (Hydrogen-Induced) Cracking ................. 136
11.5 Methods and Acceptance Criteria ................................................ 137
13 Record Retention ............................................................................138
SECTION 8 Surveys at Vendor’s Plant, During Installation and

Commissioning................................................................................... 139
1 General ...........................................................................................139
3 Surveys at Manufacture and During Assembly...............................139
3.1 Testing of Well Control Equipment and BOP’s ............................ 140
3.3 Testing of Marine Drilling Riser System and Associated
Components ................................................................................ 141
3.5 Testing of Drill String Compensation System .............................. 141
3.7 Testing of Bulk Storage, Circulating and Transfer Systems ......... 141
3.9 Testing of Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating, and Handling Systems ...... 141
3.11 Testing of Skid Structures ............................................................ 141
5 Onboard Surveys During Installation ..............................................142
5.1 Testing of Base-mounted Winches and Other Lifting
Appliances ................................................................................... 144
5.3 Testing of Burner/Flare Boom ...................................................... 144
7 Commissioning Surveys of the Drilling Systems ............................145
SECTION 9 Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class .................. 146

1 General ...........................................................................................146
1.1 Survey Intervals ........................................................................... 146
1.3 Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plans (DEMP) and
Maintenance Records .................................................................. 146
3 Surveys Onshore and Issuance of Maintenance Release Notes ...147
5 Survey of Drilling Systems ..............................................................148
5.1 Annual Surveys CDS and CDS Sub-Class Notations .................. 148
5.3 Special Periodical Surveys .......................................................... 149
5.5 Unscheduled Survey.................................................................... 149
7 Alternatives to Periodical Survey ....................................................150
7.1 Continuous Survey Program ........................................................ 150
7.3 Survey Based on Preventative Maintenance Techniques ............ 150
7.5 Surveys Using Risk-based Techniques ....................................... 150
9 Modifications, Damage and Repairs ...............................................150
x ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

APPENDIX 1 Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS Classification of
Drilling Systems ................................................................................. 152
API ............................................................................................................... 152
ASME ........................................................................................................... 154
ASNT............................................................................................................ 154
ASTM ........................................................................................................... 154
AWS ............................................................................................................. 154
BCSA ........................................................................................................... 154
EN ................................................................................................................ 155
IEC ............................................................................................................... 155
IEEE ............................................................................................................. 155
ISO ............................................................................................................... 155
NACE ........................................................................................................... 155
NFPA............................................................................................................ 155
SAE .............................................................................................................. 155
APPENDIX 2 Example of Manufacturer’s Affidavit of Compliance (MAC) ........... 156
APPENDIX 3 Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC) .......................... 158
APPENDIX 4 Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC) .................................... 161
APPENDIX 5 Example of Survey Report (SR) ........................................................ 163
APPENDIX 6 Example Maintenance Release Note (MRN) ..................................... 165
ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 xi

This Page Intentionally Left Blank
Section 1: Scope and Conditions of Classification
SECTION 1 Scope and Conditions of Classification
1 Classification
The requirements for conditions of Classification for entire drilling units and offshore structures are contained
in the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification – Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1). Additional
requirements specific to a drilling system, its subsystems, equipment or components are contained in this Guide.
1.1 Process
The term Classification, as used herein, indicates that drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or
components have been designed, constructed, installed, and surveyed in compliance with this Guide, in
conjunction with other applicable ABS Rules and Guides, codes and standards as referenced therein, and
applicable national regulations. The continuance of Classification is dependent on the fulfillment of
requirements for surveys after construction.
The Classification process consists of:
a) The development of Rules, Guides, standards and other criteria for the design, construction, installation
and maintenance of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components;
b) The review of the design and survey during and after construction to verify compliance with such
Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria;
c) The assignment and registration of Class when such compliance has been verified, and;
d) The issuance of a renewable Classification certificate, with annual endorsements, valid for five (5)
years.
The Rules, Guides and standards are, in general, developed by the International Association of Classification
Societies and ABS staff and passed upon by committees made up of naval architects, ocean and marine
engineers, shipbuilders, engine builders, steel makers, process engineers and by other technical, operating and
scientific personnel associated with the worldwide maritime industry. Theoretical research and development,
established engineering disciplines, as well as satisfactory service experience are utilized in their development
and promulgation. ABS and its committees can act only upon such theoretical and practical considerations
in developing Rules and standards.
ABS Surveyors apply normally accepted examination and testing standards to those items specified for each
survey by the Rules; construction/manufacturing procedures, safety procedures and construction supervision
remain the responsibility of the shipyard, the offshore unit or structures repairer, manufacturer, Owner/Operator
or other client.
For Classification, the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to comply with the
requirements of this Guide, in conjunction with all other applicable ABS Rules and Guides, codes and
standards as referenced therein.
1.3 Certificates and Reports

Plan review and surveys during and after construction are conducted by ABS to verify to itself and its
committees that a drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component is in compliance with this Guide
and to the satisfaction of the attending ABS Surveyor. All reports and certificates are issued solely for the
use of ABS, its committees, its clients and other authorized entities.
ABS will release information from reports and certificates to the cognizant authorities (e.g., Coastal State
or Flag State) to assist in rectification of deficiencies during any intervention by the authorities. Such
information includes text of conditions of Classification, survey due dates and certificate expiration dates.
The Owner/Operator will be advised of any request and/or release of information.
ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 1

Section 1 Scope and Conditions of Classification
ABS will release certain information to the offshore unit or structure’s underwriters for underwriting purposes.
Such information includes text of overdue conditions of Classification, survey due dates and certificate
expiration dates. The Owner/Operator will be advised of any request and/or release of information. In the
case of overdue conditions of Classification, the Owner/Operator will be given the opportunity to verify
the accuracy of the information prior to release.
ABS may release offshore unit or structure-specific information related to the Classification and statutory
certification status. This information may be published on the ABS website or by other media and may
include the offshore unit or structure classification, any operating restrictions noted in the ABS Record, the
names, dates and locations of all surveys performed by ABS, the expiration date of all Class and statutory
certificates issued by ABS, survey due dates, the text of conditions of Classification (also known as outstanding
recommendations), transfers, suspensions, withdrawals, cancellations and reinstatements of Class, and other
related information as may be required.
1.5 Representations as to Classification (1 September 2012)

Classification is a representation by ABS as to the compliance with applicable requirements of the Rules,
Guides and standards. The Rules, Guides, and standards of the American Bureau of Shipping are not meant
as a substitute for the independent judgment of professional designers, naval architects, marine engineers,
owners, operators, masters and crew, nor as a substitute for the quality control procedures of ship and platform
builders, engine builders, steel makers, suppliers, manufacturers and sellers of marine vessels, materials, system
components, machinery or equipment. ABS, being a technical society, can only act through Surveyors or
others who are believed by it to be skilled and competent.
ABS represents solely to the drilling system Owner/Operator or other client of ABS that when assigning
Class, it will use due diligence in the development of Rules, Guides and standards, and in using normally
applied testing standards, procedures and techniques as called for by the Rules, Guides, standards or other
criteria of ABS for the purpose of assigning and maintaining Class. ABS further represents to the
Owner/Operator or other client of ABS that its certificates and reports evidence compliance only with one
or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS, in accordance with the terms of such
certificate or report. Under no circumstances whatsoever are these representations to be deemed to relate to
any third party.
The user of this document is responsible for ensuring compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and
other governmental directives and orders related to a vessel, its machinery and equipment, or their operation.
Nothing contained in any Rule, Guide, standard, certificate or report issued by ABS shall be deemed to relieve
any other entity of its duty or responsibility to comply with all applicable laws, including those related to
the environment.
1.7 Scope of Classification

Nothing contained in any certificate or report is to be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner,
manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator, other entity or person of any warranty, express or implied.
Any certificate or report evidences compliance only with one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or
other criteria of the American Bureau of Shipping, and is issued solely for the use of ABS, its committees,
its clients or other authorized entities.
Nothing contained in any certificate, report, plan or document review or approval is to be deemed to be in
any way a representation or statement beyond those contained in 1/1.5. ABS is not an insurer or guarantor
of the integrity or safety of a drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component. The validity, applicability
and interpretation of any certificate, report, plan or document review or approval are governed by the
Rules, Guides and standards of the American Bureau of Shipping, who shall remain the sole judge thereof.
ABS is not responsible for the consequences arising from the use by other parties of the Rules, Guides,
standards or other criteria of the American Bureau of Shipping, without review, plan approval and survey
by ABS.
The term “approved” is to be interpreted to mean that the plans, reports or documents have been reviewed
for compliance with one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS.
This Guide is published with the understanding that responsibility for shutting down drilling operations,
beyond the limit specified in the drilling system design basis, does not rest upon the Committee.
2 ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

3 Suspension and Cancellation of Class
3.1 Termination of Classification and Notice of Surveys (1 September 2012)

The continuance of the Classification of the drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component is
conditional upon the Guide requirements for periodical, damage and other surveys being duly carried out.
The Committee reserves the right to reconsider, withhold, suspend or cancel the Class of any drilling system,
subsystems, equipment, and/or components for noncompliance with the Rules, for defects reported by the
Surveyors which have not been rectified in accordance with their recommendations or for nonpayment of
fees which are due on account of Classification. Suspension or cancellation of Class may take effect
immediately or after a specified period of time.
It is the responsibility of the Owner/Operator to ensure that all surveys necessary for the maintenance of
Class are carried out at the proper time. ABS will notify an Owner/Operator of upcoming surveys and
outstanding recommendations. This may be done by means of a letter or other communication. The non-
receipt of such notice, however, does not absolve the Owner/Operator from his responsibility to comply
with survey requirements for maintenance of Class.
3.3 Suspension of Class

Class will be suspended and the Certificate of Classification will become invalid from the date of any use,
operation or other application of any drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components for which
it has not been approved and which affects or may affect Classification or the structural integrity, quality or
fitness for a particular use or service.
Class will be suspended and the Certificate of Classification will become invalid in any of the following
circumstances affecting the drilling system:
i) If Continuous Survey items which are due or overdue at the time of Annual Survey are not
completed and no extension has been granted,
ii) If the Periodical Surveys required for maintenance of Class, other than Annual or Special Periodical
Surveys, are not carried out by the due date and no Rule-allowed extension has been granted, or
iii) If any damage, failure or deterioration repair has not been completed as recommended.
Class will be subject to a suspension procedure if recommendations issued by the Surveyor are not carried
out and/or completed by their due dates and no extension has been granted.
Class may be suspended, in which case the Certificate of Classification will become invalid, if proposed
repairs, as referred to in 1/15.1, have not been submitted to ABS and agreed upon prior to commencement.
Class is automatically suspended and the Certificate of Classification is invalid in any of the following
circumstances:
i) If the Annual Survey is not completed by the date which is three (3) months after the due date,
ii) If the Special Periodical Survey is not completed by the due date, unless the drilling system is
under attendance for completion prior to resuming operation. Under exceptional circumstances,
consideration may be given for an extension of the Special Survey, provided the drilling system is
attended and the attending Surveyor so recommends. Such an extension shall not exceed three (3)
months.
3.5 Lifting of Suspension

Class will be reinstated after suspension for overdue surveys upon satisfactory completion of the overdue
surveys. Such surveys will be credited as of the original due date. Class will be reinstated after suspension
for overdue recommendations upon satisfactory completion of the overdue recommendation. Class will be
reinstated after suspension for overdue continuous survey items upon satisfactory completion of the overdue
items.

3.7 Cancellation of Class (1 December 2015)

If the circumstances leading to suspension of Class are not corrected within the time specified, Class will
be cancelled.
Class is cancelled immediately when drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are operated
without having completed recommendations which were required to be dealt with before the drilling system
was brought back into service.
When Class has been suspended for a period of three (3) months due to overdue Annual, Special or other
periodical surveys required for maintenance of Class; overdue Continuous Survey items; or overdue outstanding
recommendations, the affected CDS Notation will be canceled. A longer suspension period may be granted for
drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components which are either laid up, awaiting disposition of a
casualty or under attendance for reinstatement.
5 Class Notation
5.1 ABS Class Notation (1 December 2015)

Drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that have been built, installed and commissioned
to the satisfaction of the Surveyors to the full requirements of this Guide, where approved by the Committee
for service for the specified design environmental conditions, may be classed and distinguished in the ABS
Record by the notation À CDS.
Upon request by the owner, À CDS can be reduced in scope. Following completion of the requirements to
change the class scope, the existing À CDS may be exchanged for one or more of the following sub-class
designations:
• À CDS(WCS) applies to the classification of well control system including well control equipment
hardware and associated control systems.
• À CDS(DSD) applies to the classification of the derrick systems including drawworks, hoisting and
drilling and motion compensating systems.
• À CDS(DSC) applies to the classification of the drilling fluid circulating system.
• À CDS(DSP) applies to the classification of the specialized pipe and tubular handling systems.
Note: À CDS(WCS+DSD) class designation would apply where the well control and derrick systems were classed and
À CDS(DSC) and À CDS(DSP) were not selected.
5.2 CDS Ready Notation (2017)

The À CDS Ready class notation indicates that required design approvals, testing, system installation,
and commissioning is complete with the exception of non-technical operational items requiring clarification
between the manufacturer and builder prior to the facility commencing drilling operations and assignment
of full CDS notation or full Sub Class notation.
Examples of non-technical operational items include
i) Operation Manuals
ii) Data Books (Mini Review Books)
iii) Manufacturers Certificates
5.3 Systems Not Built Under Survey (1 September 2012)

The symbol “À” (Maltese-Cross) signifies that the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components
were built, installed and commissioned to the satisfaction of the Surveyors. Drilling systems, subsystems,
equipment, and/or components that have not been built under ABS survey, but which are submitted for
Classification, will be subjected to special consideration. Where found satisfactory and thereafter approved
by the Committee, they may be classed and distinguished in the Record by the notation described above,
but the symbol “À” signifying survey during construction will be omitted.

7 Rules for Classification
7.1 Applications
This Guide contains provisions for the Classification of offshore drilling systems, subsystems, equipment,
and/or components that are used for hydrocarbon well drilling, completion, workover, and/or well testing
or supporting such activities on mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs), offshore installations, tendering
vessels, and other structures that are classed by ABS. This Guide is intended for use in conjunction with
the latest edition of the following or other applicable ABS Rules and Guides:
• ABS Rules for Building and Classing Mobile Offshore Drilling Units (MODU Rules)
• ABS Guide for Building and Classing Mobile Offshore Units (MOU Guide)
• ABS Rules for Building and Classing Offshore Installations (Offshore Installations/FOI Rules)
• ABS Rules for Building and Classing Floating Production Installations (FPI Rules)
• ABS Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels (Steel Vessel Rules)
• ABS Rules for Building and Classing Facilities on Offshore Installations (Facilities Rules)
If specifically requested by the Owner/Operator, this Guide can also be used as a basis for acceptance or
certification under the requirements of other Administrations. An Owner/Operator who requires a drilling
system to be evaluated for compliance with other national regulations should contact ABS.
If specifically requested by the manufacturers, Owner/Operator, or designers, ABS can provide approval of
individual equipment or component associated with drilling systems or subsystems in accordance with the
requirements of this Guide (see 4/3.7), and where the installation unit may not be classed with ABS.
7.3 Effective Date of Change of Requirement

7.3.1 Effective Date
This Guide and subsequent changes to this Guide are to become effective on the date specified by
ABS. In general, the effective date is not less than six months from the date on which the Guide is
published and released for its use. However, ABS may bring into force the Guide or individual
changes before that date, if necessary or as appropriate.
7.3.2 Implementation of Rule Changes (1 September 2012)
In general, until the effective date, plan approval for designs will follow prior practice, unless
review under the latest Guide is specifically requested by the party signatory to the application for
Classification.
Where design of drillings systems, subsystems, equipment or components comply with the
requirements of this Guide at the time of approval and/or construction, no retroactive application
of later requirement changes to such drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components will
be required unless considered necessary or appropriate.
7.5 Scope (1 September 2012)

This Guide covers the aspects of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components used in
connection with hydrocarbon well drilling, completion, workover, and well testing operations.
Compliance with this Guide is required for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components
mentioned in Section 3, “Drilling Systems,” and typical listing in Section 4, Table 1. The drilling system
includes, but is not limited to, the following:
• Well Control System
- Blowout Preventer (BOP) System and Equipment
- Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP)
- Choke and Kill System

- Diverter System
- Auxiliary Well Control Equipment
• Marine Drilling Riser System and Associated Components
- Riser Tensioning System
- Riser Recoil System
- Riser Joints
- Connectors
- Riser Handling Tools
• Conductor Tensioning Unit and Associated Equipment/Components
• Drill String Compensation System
• Bulk Storage, Circulating and Transfer Systems
• Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating and Handling (BOP, Tubulars) Systems
• Derrick, Derrick Support Structures
• Drawwork, Rotary Table
• Well Test System
• Burner Booms
• Internal Combustion Engines Driving Drilling Machine
• Pressure Vessels Associated with Drilling and Well Control, Tensioning, and Fluid Storage
• Compressors for Drilling-Related Functions
• High Pressure Piping, Flexible Lines, and Hydraulic Hoses
- Choke and Kill
- Mud and Cement
- Rotary and Vibratory Hoses
• Fire Detection, Gas Detection, and Fire Protection Systems
• Control Systems for Well Control, Drilling Support and Support Systems
• Emergency Shutdown Systems
• Electrical Systems and Equipment
• All Lifting Devices for Drilling and Drilling Support Operations
• Miscellaneous Drilling Support Systems
7.7 Alternatives
7.7.1 General (1 September 2012)
The Committee is ready to consider alternative arrangements and designs which can be shown,
through either satisfactory service experience or a systematic analysis based on sound engineering
principles, to meet the overall safety, serviceability and design standards of the applicable Rules
and Guides.

7.7.2 National Standards

i) The Committee will consider special arrangements or design of drilling systems and their
equipment which can be shown to comply with standards recognized in the country provided
that the proposed standards are not less effective.
ii) When alternate standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to
demonstrate equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide
and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
7.7.3 Novel Features
Drilling systems which contain novel features of design to which the provisions of this Guide are
not directly applicable may be classed, when approved by the Committee, on the basis that this
Guide, insofar as applicable, has been complied with and that special consideration has been given
to the novel features, based on the best information available at that time. Justifications of the
novel features can be accomplished by applying 1/7.7 of this Guide.
7.7.4 Risk Evaluations for Alternative Arrangements and Novel Features
i) (1 September 2012) Risk evaluations for the justification of alternative arrangements or
novel features may be applicable either to the drilling system as a whole, or to individual
systems, subsystems, equipment or components. See 1/7.9 of this Guide.
ii) ABS will consider the application of risk evaluations for alternative arrangements and
novel features in the design of the drilling system, subsystems, equipment or components,
verification surveys during construction, and surveys for maintenance of Class.
iii) When applied, risk assessment techniques are to demonstrate that alternative arrangements
and/or novel features provide acceptable levels of safety in line with current offshore and
marine industry practice.
iv) The ABS Guidance Notes on Review and Approval of Novel Concepts, ABS Guidance Notes
on Risk Assessment Applications for the Marine and Offshore Oil and Gas Industries, and
ABS Guide for Risk Evaluations for the Classification of Marine-Related Facilities provide
guidance to ABS clients on how to prepare a risk evaluation to demonstrate equivalency
or acceptability for a proposed drilling system design.
v) Portions of the drilling system or any of its subsystems, equipment or components not
explicitly included in the risk evaluation submitted to ABS are to comply with any applicable
part of the ABS Rules and Guides.
vi) If any proposed alternative arrangement or novel feature affects any applicable requirements
of Flag and Coastal State, it is the responsibility of the Owner/Operator to discuss with
the applicable authorities the acceptance of alternatives based on risk evaluations.
7.9 Risk Assessment

Risk assessment may be used to demonstrate that alternatives and novel features provide acceptable levels of
safety in line with current offshore and marine industry practice.
i) When this optional risk assessment is applied at the specific request of the designer or
manufacturer, all hazards that may affect the drilling system or any of its subsystems, equipment
or components are to be identified.
ii) (1 September 2012) A systematic process is to be applied to identify situations where a combination
or sequence of events could lead to undesirable consequences (property damage, personnel safety
and environmental damage), with consideration given to all reasonably foreseeable causes.
iii) The objective of the hazard identification is to identify areas of the design that may require the
implementation of further risk control options in order to reduce the risk to an acceptable level.

iv) The hazard identifications are to consider, as a minimum, the following events:
• Release of H2S, CO2, etc. • Loss/Failure of Mooring
• Hydrocarbon Release (Liquid or Gas) • Loss/Failure of Station Keeping
• Blowout • Loss of Stability
• Fire and Explosion • Impact to Equipment
• Loss of Purge Air • Dropped Objects
• Structural Failure • Collision
• Mechanical Failure • Helicopter Crash
• Electrical Failure • Extreme Environment
v) The identified risk control options (prevention and mitigation measures) deemed necessary to be
implemented are to be considered part of the design basis of the drilling system.
vi) Appendix 4 in the ABS Guide for Risk Evaluations for the Classification of Marine-Related Facilities
contains a description of the most common hazard identification techniques. Also, Appendix 2 in
the same Guide provides an overview of how to assemble an appropriate risk assessment team.
vii) When the risk assessment technique is considered, ABS’ participation in the hazard identification
meeting(s) is recommended. Tangible benefits can be derived by the participation of an ABS
representative who will later be directly involved in reviewing the designs for ABS Classification.
9 Other Regulations
9.1 International and Other Regulations

i) While this Guide covers the requirements for the Classification of drilling systems, subsystems,
equipment, and/or components, the attention of Owner/Operator, designers and builders is directed
to the regulations of international, governmental and other authorities dealing with those requirements
in addition to or over and above the Classification requirements.
ii) Where authorized by the Administration of a country signatory thereto and upon request of the Owner/
Operator of a classed drilling system or one intended to be classed, ABS will survey for compliance
with the provisions of International and Governmental Conventions and Codes, as applicable.
9.3 Governmental Regulations

Where authorized by a government agency and upon request of the Owner/Operator of a new or existing
drilling system, ABS will survey and certify a classed drilling system or one intended to be classed for
compliance with particular regulations of that government on their behalf.
11 IACS Audit
The International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) conducts audits of processes followed by
all of its member societies to assess the degree of compliance with the IACS Quality System Certification
Scheme requirements. For this purpose, auditors for IACS may accompany ABS personnel at any stage of
the Classification or statutory work, which may necessitate the auditors having access to the drilling
system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components or access to the premises of the builder or manufacturer.
In such instances, prior authorization for the auditor’s access will be sought by the local ABS office.

13 Submission of Plans
Typical documentation that is required to be submitted for drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or
components for the ABS Classification process is provided in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide.
i) Section 4 provides the ABS approval process for drilling systems, subsystem, equipment, and/or
components. Subsequently, Section 4, Table 1 identifies the typical drilling system, subsystems,
equipment, and/or components that are part of the ABS Classification process.
ii) Drilling system, subsystem, equipment and/or component-related drawings, calculations and
documentation are required to be submitted to ABS by entities as listed in Subsection 2/7 of this
Guide to substantiate that the design of the systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components
are in compliance with this Guide, and applicable codes or standards, as listed in this Guide.
iii) Upon satisfactory completion of ABS review of design plans and data, ABS Engineers will issue
an ABS approval letter and an Independent Review Certificate (IRC), as specified in Section 4,
Table 1 of this Guide. This letter or certificate, in conjunction with ABS-approved documentation,
will be used and referenced during surveys. Subsequently, the ABS Surveyor will issue appropriate
survey reports.
iv) (1 September 2012) Upon satisfactory completion of all of the required engineering design review
and survey processes (inspection, testing, installation and commissioning), ABS may issue the
Classification Certificate to the operating unit, including the Class notation À CDS (abbreviation
for Classed Drilling System).
15 Conditions for Survey After Construction
15.1 Damage, Failure and Repair

15.1.1 Examination and Repair
i) Damage, failure, deterioration or repair to the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or
components which affects Classification is to be submitted by the Owner/Operator or
their representatives for examination by the Surveyor at the first opportunity.
ii) All repairs found necessary by the Surveyor are to be carried out to the Surveyor’s
satisfaction.
15.1.2 Repairs
i) Where repairs to the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components which
may affect Classification are planned in advance to be carried out, a complete repair procedure
including the extent of the proposed repair and the need for Surveyor’s attendance is to be
submitted to and agreed upon by the Surveyor reasonably in advance.
ii) Failure to notify ABS in advance of the repairs may result in suspension of the drilling
system’s Classification until such time as the repair is redone or evidence is submitted to
satisfy the Surveyor that the repair was properly carried out.
15.1.3 Representation
Nothing contained in this section or in a Rule or regulation of any government or other administration,
or the issuance of any report or certificate pursuant to this section or such a Rule or regulation, is
to be deemed to enlarge upon the representations expressed in 1/1.1 through 1/1.7 hereof, and the
issuance and use of any such reports or certificates are to be governed in all respects by 1/1.1
through 1/1.7 hereof.

15.1.4 Temporary Installation, Maintenance, Modification, Repair or Replacements

15.1.4(a) Temporary Installation
i) ABS is to be notified of the Owner/Operator’s intention to install temporary equipment that
can affect the safety or intended functioning of the classed drilling system.
ii) The installation of temporary equipment is to be no less effective than permanent drilling
system equipment.
iii) ABS reserves the right to approve such equipment and is to be advised of temporary
installations.
15.1.4(b) Maintenance
i) When the subsystems, equipment, and/or components of the drilling system are subject to
annual maintenance or inspections due to repairs by qualified personnel on the drilling
unit or by an authorized company/manufacturer offshore or onshore, ABS is to be notified
for survey of the subsystems, equipment, and/or components preferably before it is placed
into service (see Subsection 9/3).
ii) These surveys will be carried out in accordance with API requirements or other recognized
codes/standards referenced in this Guide and are to be considered part of ABS’s Annual
Survey for Drilling Systems.
15.1.4(c) Modification. Where a major modification or replacement is made to subsystems,
equipment, and/or components that are part of a classed drilling system, ABS is to be notified and the
applicable requirements of this Guide are to be met.
15.1.4(d) Repair or Replacement. When any subsystems, equipment, and/or component of the
drilling system is replaced, modified, repaired or has undergone maintenance which may affect
Classification, relevant documents are to be included in a drilling system log for Surveyor’s
verification during periodical surveys.
15.3 Notification and Availability for Survey

The Surveyors are to have access to classed drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components at
all reasonable times.
i) For the purpose of Surveyor monitoring, the attending Surveyors are also to have access to classed
drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components at all reasonable times. Such access
may include attendance at the same time as the assigned Surveyor or during a subsequent visit
without the assigned Surveyor.
ii) The Owner/Operator or their representatives are to notify the Surveyors for inspection on occasions
when the units on which the drilling systems are installed are in dry dock or on a slipway.
iii) The Surveyors are to undertake all surveys on classed drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or
components upon request, with adequate notification, of the Owner/Operator or their representatives,
and are to report thereon to the Committee.
iv) Should the Surveyors find occasion during any survey to recommend repairs or further examination,
notification is to be given immediately to the Owner/Operator or their representatives so that
appropriate action may be taken.
v) The Surveyors are to avail themselves of every convenient opportunity for carrying out periodical
surveys in conjunction with surveys of damages and repairs in order to avoid duplication of work.
17 Units (1 September 2012)

This Guide is written in two systems of units, viz., SI/MKS units, and US customary units. Each system is to be
used independently of any other system. Unless indicated otherwise, the format of presentation of the two
systems of units in this Guide is as follows:
SI/MKS units (US customary units)

19 Fees
Fees in accordance with normal ABS practice will be charged for all services rendered by ABS. Expenses
incurred by ABS in connection with these services will be charged in addition to the fees. Fees and
expenses will be billed to the party requesting that particular service.
21 Disagreement
21.1 Rules and Guides

Any disagreement regarding either the proper interpretation of Rules and Guides or the translation of Rules
and Guides from the English language edition is to be referred to ABS for resolution.
21.3 Surveyor
In case of disagreement between the Owner/Operator or builders and the Surveyors regarding the material,
workmanship, extent of repairs or application of the Rules and Guides relating to any system classed or
proposed to be classed by ABS, an appeal may be made in writing to the Committee, who will order a
special survey to be held. Should the opinion of the Surveyor be confirmed, expense of this special survey
is to be paid by the party appealing.
23 Limitation of Liability
The combined liability of the American Bureau of Shipping, its committees, officers, employees, agents or
subcontractors for any loss, claim or damage arising from its negligent performance or nonperformance of
any of its services or from breach of any implied or express warranty of workmanlike performance in
connection with those services, or from any other reason, to any person, corporation, partnership, business
entity, sovereign, country or nation, will be limited to the greater of a) $100,000 or b) an amount equal to
ten times the sum actually paid for the services alleged to be deficient.
The limitation of liability may be increased, up to an amount twenty-five times the sum paid for services,
upon receipt of Client’s written request at or before the time of performance of services, and upon payment
by Client of an additional fee of $10.00 for every $1,000.00 increase in the limitation.
25 References (1 September 2012)

In addition to the ABS Rules and Guides as listed in 1/7.1, the additional requirements of the following
Guides, codes, or standards are referenced in this Guide:
• ABS Guidance Notes on Review and Approval of Novel Concepts (Novel Concepts Guide)
• ABS Guide for Risk Evaluations for the Classification of Marine-Related Facilities
• ABS Guidance Notes on Risk Assessment Applications for the Marine and Offshore Oil and Gas Industries
• ABS Guide for Well Test Systems
• ABS Guide for Certification of Lifting Appliances (Lifting Appliances Guide)
• ABS Guide for Surveys Using Risk-Based Inspections for the Offshore Industry (RBI Guide)
• ABS Guide for Surveys Based on Reliability-Centered Maintenance (RCM Guide)
• ABS Guide for Nondestructive Inspection of Hull Welds (NDE Guide)
• ABS Guidance Notes for the Application of Ergonomics to Marine Systems
• AGMA – American Gear Manufacturers Association
• AISC – American Institute of Steel Construction
• ANSI – American National Standards Institute
• API – American Petroleum Institute

• ASME – American Society of Mechanical Engineers

• ASNT – American Society for Nondestructive Testing
• ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials
• AWS – American Welding Society
• BCSA – British Constructional Steelwork Association
• EN – European Norm
• IEC – International Electrotechnical Commission
• IEEE – Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
• IACS – International Association of Classification Societies
• ISO – International Organization for Standardization
• NACE – National Association of Corrosion Engineers
• NEMA – National Electrical Manufacturers Association
• NFPA – National Fire Protection Association
• NFPA – National Fluids Power Association
• SAE – Society of Automotive Engineers
• SPE – Society of Petroleum Engineers
• UL – Underwriters Laboratory
ABS is prepared to consider other recognized codes, standards, alternative design methodology and industry
practice, on a case-by-case basis, with justifications as indicated in 1/7.7 of this Guide.
27 Definitions (1 September 2012)

The following definitions are provided to clarify the use of certain terms in the context of this Guide:
Accumulator: A pressure vessel charged with high pressure air or nitrogen gas and used to store hydraulic
energy under pressure.
Acoustic Control Systems: Acoustic signal transmission may be used as an emergency backup means for
controlling critical BOP stack functions, such as pipe ram preventers, shear ram preventer and marine drilling
riser connector including LMRP. The acoustic control system includes a surface electronics package,
acoustic pod transponder, subsea electronic package and a subsea electro-hydraulic package.
Acoustic Pod Transponder: Device which receives acoustic signals from the surface and provides command
signals to the subsea BOP control system.
Actuator: A mechanism for the remote or automatic operation of a valve or choke.
Annular Blowout Preventer: A device typically installed above the ram preventers used to control wellhead
pressure. A reinforced rubber packing element is compressed by hydraulic pressure to actuate the device to
seal. A standard annular BOP will shut off annular pressure, open-hole pressure and afford stripping of
tubing/drill pipe while containing well pressure.
Autoshear System: A system that is designed to automatically shut-in the wellbore in the event of a disconnect
of the LMRP. When the autoshear is armed, disconnect of the LMRP closes the shear ram on BOP stack.
Auxiliary Line: A conduit (excluding choke and kill lines) attached to the outside of the drilling riser main
tube (e.g., hydraulic supply line, buoyancy control line, mud boost line).
Backpressure (Casing Pressure, Choke Pressure): The pressure existing at the surface on the casing side
of the drill string/annulus flow system.

Backup: An element or system that is intended to be used only in the event that the primary element or
system is nonfunctional.
Blind Rams: See “Rams”
Blind-shear Rams: See “Rams”
Blowout: An uncontrolled flow of well fluids/gas and/or formation fluids/gas from the wellbore to the
surface or into lower pressured subsurface zones (underground blowout).
Blowout Preventer (BOP): The equipment installed at the wellhead to prevent the escape of fluids under
pressure either in the annular space between the casing and drill pipe or in an open hole during drilling and
completion operations.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Handling Crane: Gantry-type crane used to move BOP from storage location to
BOP transporter/skidder location.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Operating and Control System: System of pumps, valves, accumulators, fluid storage
and mixing equipment, manifold, piping, hoses, control panels and other items necessary to hydraulically
operate the BOP equipment.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Assembly: The complete assembly of BOP stack, frame, accumulators, pods, valves,
piping, connectors, jumpers, control systems, ROV interface panels, control piping, etc.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Seafixing: Mechanism to maintain BOP stack in secured position on drilling unit.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Stack: The complete assembly of well control equipment including preventers,
spools, valves, and nipples connected to the top of the casinghead.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Stack Frame: Steel frame to which the lower stack is mounted for handling and
mating with LMRP. Also serves as a support structure to mount various subsea equipment, such as subsea
accumulators and control pods.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Transporter/Skidder: Skidding mechanism to position the BOP for deployment,
retrieval or storage.
Buffer Tank: A targeted, horizontal or vertical, cylindrical tank that changes the direction of fluid flow
downstream of the choke and serves as a flow director to the flare line, gas buster or mud-gas separator.
Bulk Storage: Tanks that are designed for storage of bulk materials for drilling fluid and cement mixing
(barite, bentonite, cement, etc.).
Buoyancy Equipment: Devices added to riser joints to reduce their apparent weight, thereby reducing riser
top tension requirements.
Burner Boom: Boom which extends over the deck edge to flare hydrocarbon from kick circulation or well
test operations.
Casinghead/Spool: The part of the wellhead to which the BOP connector is connected.
Casing Stabbing Board: Folding platform located in the derrick which positions the stabbing hand (pipe
stabber) while running casing.
Catastrophic Release: Major hydrocarbon release that results from uncontrolled developments and that
may lead to serious danger to personnel, asset, and environment.
Catwalk Ramp (Riser Skate): Conveyer transport system used to move riser sections, drill pipes, casing or
tool joints from the lower deck storage to the drill floor.
Cementing Manifold: Used to direct high pressure cement through the cement standpipe.
Cement Pump: High pressure positive-displacement-type pump used for cementing operations, often connected
to the kill line for emergency kill operations, usually smaller capacity than mud pump.
Choke: A device with either a fixed or variable orifice used to control the rate of flow of liquids and/or gas.
Chokes are also used to control the rate of the flow of drilling mud out of the hole when the well is closed
in with the blowout preventer and a kick is being circulated out of the hole.

Choke Line: The high-pressure piping (flexible lines, rigid piping, valves, connectors, fittings, etc.) between
the mud pumps and BOP outlets or wellhead outlets.
Choke Line Valve: The valve(s) connected to and a part of the BOP stack that allows fluids flow to the
choke manifold.
Choke Manifold: An assembly of valves, chokes, gauges, and piping components through which drilling
fluid is circulated when the blowout preventer is closed to control the pressure encountered during a kick.
Circulation Head: Accessory attached to the top of the tubulars to form a connection with the mud system
to permit circulation of drilling mud.
Clamp Connection: A pressure sealing device used to join two items without using conventional bolted
flange joints. The two items to be sealed are prepared with clamp hubs. These hubs are held together by a
clamp containing a minimum of four bolts.
Classified Area: A location in which flammable gases or vapors are or may be present in the air in
quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures (see the ABS MODU Rules, API RP 500 or
API RP 505 for additional details).
Closing Unit: The assembly of pumps, valves, lines, accumulators, and other items necessary to open and
close the BOP equipment.
Computer-Based System: A system of one or more microprocessors, associated software, peripherals and
interfaces.
Control Panel/Console: Main operator interface for various installation systems (may be hydraulic, electric,
electronic, mechanical, pneumatic, or any combination thereof).
Control Manifold: An assembly of valves and piping to control the flow of hydraulic fluid to operate the
various components of systems, equipment or components.
Control Panel, Remote: A panel containing a series of controls that will operate the valves on the control
manifold from a remote point.
Control Pod: An assembly of subsea valves and regulators that when activated from the surface will direct
hydraulic fluid through special apertures to operate the BOP equipment.
Control Stations: Spaces containing the following, as applicable:
• Radio or main navigation equipment • Fire control equipment and fire recording
• Central process control rooms • Fire extinguishing system serving various
locations
• Dynamically positioning control system
• Emergency source of power
• Centralized ballast control station
• CO2 bottle room
• Battery room
• Fire pumps
Control Systems: An assembly of devices interconnected or otherwise coordinated to convey the command
or order.
Crown: Upper section of the derrick
Crown Block: Assembly of sheaves mounted at the derrick top (crown) through which the drilling line is reaved.
Deadline Anchor: Device to securely fasten one end of drill line to the drill floor or derrick structure.
Deadman System: A system that is designed to automatically close the wellbore in the event of a simultaneous
absence of hydraulic supply and signal (control and communication) transmission capacity in both subsea
control pods.
Degasser: Device used to remove entrained gas from a drilling fluid in normal well circulation.
Desander: Centrifugal device for removing sand from drilling fluid.
Desilter: Centrifugal device used for removing silt from drilling fluid.

Derrick (Mast): Main load-bearing structure in drilling unit used as support structure for various equipment
associated with hoisting, lifting, handling, etc.
Design Approved Products (PDA): See 1-1-A2/5.1.3 of the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification –
Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1).
Design Pressure: The pressure used in the design of pressure-retaining equipment or piping systems for
the purpose of determining the minimum permissible thickness or physical characteristics of the different
parts of the pressure-retaining equipment or piping systems. When applicable, static head and other external
loads (e.g., bending, torsional, tension, compression, temperature gradient, etc.) are to be added to the design
pressure to determine the thickness of any specific part of the pressure-retaining equipment or piping systems.
Diverter: A device attached to the wellhead or marine drilling riser to close the vertical access in order to
prevent upward flow of well fluids and direct flow into a line away from the rig floor.
Diverter Control System: The assemblage of pumps, accumulator bottles, manifolds, control panel, valves,
lines, etc., used to operate the diverter system.
Diverter System: The assemblage of an annular sealing device, flow control means, vent system components,
and control system that facilitates closure of the upward flow path of well fluids and opening of the vent to
atmosphere.
Diverter Vent Line/Diverter Piping: The conduit which directs the flow of gas and wellbore fluids away
from the drill floor to the atmosphere.
Drape Hoses (Moonpool Line): A flexible line connecting a choke, kill, and auxiliary line terminal fitting
on the telescopic joint to the appropriate piping on the rig structure. A U-shaped bend in this line allows for
relative movement between the vessel and the outer barrel of the telescopic joint as the vessel moves.
Drawworks: Large winch typically located on the drill floor area used to raise and lower the drill string,
top drive assembly by taking in or paying out the drilling line through the crown block and traveling block.
Drill Floor Substructure: The foundation structure(s) on which the derrick, rotary table, drawworks, and
other drilling equipment are supported.
Drill Pipe Safety Valve: A full-opening valve located on the rig floor with threads to match the drill pipe
connections in use. This valve is used to close off the drill pipe to prevent flow from the well.
Driller’s Cabin: An enclosed space on or near the drill floor that provides clear view for the driller to monitor
and control drilling activities.
Drilling Spool: A fitting placed in the blowout preventer stack with internal diameters at least equal to the
bore of the BOP to provide space between preventers with smaller side outlets for facilitating stripping and
other operations, to permit attachment of choke and kill lines, and for localizing possible erosion by fluid
flow to the spool.
Dump Tank: Calibrated tank used to measure the volume of a liquid, may be drilling mud or reservoir fluids.
Electrical Control System: Control systems that are based on relays and analog discrete components without
a central processor unit. Manual switches, relays and potentiometers are used for control of the equipment.
In most situations, hydraulic and/or pneumatic medium is controlled by the electrical control system.
Elevator, Drilling: Hinged clamp-type device used to grasp drill pipe or casing for lifting by the drilling
hook, may be either manually or hydraulically/pneumatically operated.
Elevator, Personnel: Lifting device used for rig personnel, may be on or off the drill floor.
Equipment: Structure or device designed to perform a function, individually or combined into system.
Escape Routes: Designated path used by personnel to evade an immediate danger and ultimately leads to a
temporary refuge or muster station.
Finger Board: A rack located in the derrick that supports the top of the stands of pipe stacked in the derrick.
Fill-up Valve: A special riser joint having a valve means to allow the riser annulus to be opened to the sea.
To prevent riser pipe collapse, an automatic actuator controlled by a differential-pressure sensor may open
the valve.

Flammable Fluid: Any fluid, regardless of its flash point, capable of feeding a fire. Examples are diesel
fuel, hydraulic oil (oil-based), lubricating oil, crude oil, or hydrocarbons.
Flash Point: The minimum temperature at which a combustible liquid gives off vapor in sufficient
concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid or within the vessel used,
as determined by the test procedure and apparatus specified in NFPA 30.
Flex Joint: A steel and elastomer assembly having central through-passage equal to or greater in diameter
than the riser bore that may be positioned in the riser string to reduce local bending stresses.
Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses: Conduits that can accommodate the relative motion and/or vibration
encountered on the drilling facility and are used to transfer fluids (mud, cement, hydraulic fluids, etc.).
Typical uses for flexible lines and/or hydraulic hoses within the drilling facility are:
• Rotary and vibratory hoses
• Cementing hoses
• Choke and kill flexible lines, and auxiliary lines (drapes and jumpers)
• Hydraulic hoses for control functions and operations
Floating Installation: An offshore facility designed to provide hydrocarbon processing and/or hydrocarbon
storage, and offload hydrocarbons. The term is used to generically identify a buoyant facility that is site-
specific. The installation is securely and substantially moored so that it cannot be moved without a special
effort.
Gimbal: Support for the riser spider which allows some angular movement of the spider and riser relative
to the rig support structure.
Gooseneck: Curved connection between the rotary hose and the swivel or top drive.
Hazardous Area: See “Classified Areas”.
Heave: Vessel motion in the vertical direction due to marine environment.
High-Pressure High-Temperature (HPHT): Wells with a potential pressure greater than 103.43 MPa
(15,000 psi) at the wellhead, or with a potential reservoir temperature of greater than 177°C (350°F).
Hook, Drilling: Hook-shaped lifting device attached to the traveling block from which the swivel (or top drive)
is suspended.
Horizontal to Vertical Equipment: Equipment to move tubulars from/to horizontal position to/from vertical
position for stand building or breaking, and tubulars operations.
Hydraulic Cylinder: Mechanical device used to convert hydraulic fluid pressure to linear action.
Hydraulic Hoses: Conduits that can accommodate the relative motion, and/or vibration encountered on a
drilling facility and are used to transfer fluid for hydraulic system functions.
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU): Skid-mounted systems used to provide hydraulic power, usually comprised
of a hydraulic fluid reservoir, filters, hydraulic pump, motor and control.
Hydrocarbon: A compound of hydrogen and carbon, such as any of those that are the chief components of
petroleum and natural gas, can be liquid or gas.
Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S): A highly toxic, flammable, corrosive gas sometimes encountered in hydrocarbon-
bearing formations.
Hydrogen Sulfide (Sour) Service: Refers to equipment designed to resist corrosion and hydrogen embrittlement
caused by exposure to hydrogen sulfide.
Ignitable Mixture: A mixture that is within the flammable range (between the upper and lower limits) and
is therefore capable of propagation of flame away from the source of ignition.
Inside Blowout Preventer (IBOP): Check valve installed in drill string to prevent a blowout inside the drill
string. Flow is possible only downward, allowing mud to be pumped in but preventing any flow back up
the drill string.

Iron Roughneck: Tool with automated combination of spinning and torqueing for make-up or break-down
of drill string pipes during drilling operation.
Jumper Line: A flexible section of choke, kill, or auxiliary line that provides a continuous flow around a
flex/ball joint while accommodating the angular motion at the flex/ball joint.
Kelly: The uppermost component of the drill string; the kelly is an extra-heavy joint of pipe with flat or
fluted sides that is free to move vertically through a “kelly bushing” in the rotary table; the kelly bushing
imparts torque to the kelly and thereby the drill string is rotated.
Kelly Bushing: Device which imparts torque to the kelly from the master bushing and permits vertical
movement of the kelly.
Kelly Cock: A valve immediately above the kelly that can be closed to confine pressures inside the drill string.
Kelly Spinner: Pneumatically-operated device mounted to the top of the kelly used to spin up the kelly for
making connections on a rotary table-type rig.
Kelly Valve, Lower: A full-opening/full-closing valve installed immediately below the kelly, with outside
diameter equal to the tool joint outside diameter.
Kick: Unscheduled, unwanted entry of water, gas, oil or other formation fluid into wellbore. It occurs because
pressure exerted by the column of drilling fluid is not great enough to overcome the pressure exerted by the
fluids in the formation drilled. If prompt action is not taken to control the kick or kill the well, a blowout
will occur.
Kill: In drilling/well servicing, to prevent a threatened blowout by taking suitable preventative measures
(e.g., to shut in well with blowout preventer, circulate kick out, and increase weight of drilling/completion/
workover fluid).
Kill Line: The high-pressure piping (flexible lines, rigid piping, valves, connectors, fittings, etc.) between
the pumps (cement or mud pumps) and BOP outlets or wellhead outlets.
Kill Unit: A unit to pump kill mud to kill the well.
Links, Drilling (Bell Nipple): Strong rods which connect the drilling elevators to the hook and allow
movement for the elevator to be pushed out of the way when not in use.
Lower Explosive Limit (L.E.L.): The lowest concentration of combustible vapors or gases, by volume in
mixture with air, which can be ignited at ambient conditions.
Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP): Part of the blowout preventer stack assembly; usually contains LMRP
connector, one or more annular-type preventers, lower flex joint, riser adapter, and MUX control pods.
Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) Connector: Hydraulic connector used to securely latch the LMRP to
the BOP stack.
Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) Frame: Structural frame which is used for handling of the LMRP
and integration with the BOP stack. It also serves as a support structure to mount various subsea equipment
such as subsea accumulators and control pods.
Machinery Spaces of Category A: All spaces which contain internal combustion-type machinery used either:
• For main propulsion; or
• For other purposes where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power of not less than 375 kW; or
• Which contain any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit; and trunks to such spaces.
Machinery Spaces (other than Category A): All spaces containing machinery, boilers, and other fired processes,
oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators, and major electrical machinery, oil filling
stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation, and air-conditioning machinery and similar spaces.
Manifold: An accessory system of piping to a main piping system (or another conductor) that serves to
divide a flow into several parts, to combine several flows into one, or to reroute a flow to any one of several
possible destinations.
Manipulator Arm: Mechanism to guide tubulars from/to well center to/from the V-door.

Manriding Winch: Winch used for personnel lifting operations.

Marine Drilling Riser System: The extension of the well bore from the subsea BOP stack to the floating
drilling vessel which provides for fluid returns to the drilling vessel, supports the choke, kill, and control lines,
booster lines, auxiliary lines, guides tools into the well, and serves as a running string for the BOP stack.
Master Bushing: Device which imparts torque from the rotary table to the kelly bushing and accepts the slips.
Maximum Allowable Working (Operating) Pressure (MAWP) or Rated Working Pressure (RWP): The
maximum internal pressure equipment or system is designed to operate or work and to contain and/or
control the pressure.
Minimum Design Temperature (MDT): The lowest predictable metal temperature occurring during normal
operation including start-up, shut-down and ambient situation is to be used.
Monkey Board: Elevated platform on the derrick structure for the support of the derrickman to place and/or
withdraw tubulars into the finger board.
Mud Agitator: Device to mix, or maintain mixture of, drilling mud in the mud pits.
Mud Boost Line: An auxiliary line which provides supplementary fluid supply from the surface and injects it
into the riser at the LMRP to assist in the circulation of drill cuttings up the marine drilling riser, when required.
Mud-Gas Separator (Poor Boy): A vessel for removing free gas from the drilling fluid returns, generally
used when circulating a gas kick out of the well.
Mud Pump: Large high-pressure pump used to circulate drilling fluid, usually positive-displacement type.
Multiplex (MUX) Control System: A system utilizing electrical or optical conductors in an armored subsea
umbilical cable such that, on each conductor, multiple distinct functions are independently operated by
dedicated serialized coded commands.
Nonhazardous Areas (Unclassified Locations): Locations determined to be neither “hazardous areas” nor
“classified areas” (see Classified Area” for definition).
Operating Conditions: A set of conditions (e.g., pressure, temperature, flow rates, composition, loads, etc.)
chosen for normal operation of a system, subsystem, equipment or component.
Personnel Basket: Device in which personnel ride in during lifting operations in personnel cranes, elevators,
and man-riding winches.
Pipe Rams: See “Rams”
Pipe Racking Mechanism: Automated equipment to place and/or withdraw tubular strands to/from the
setback area.
Power Slips: Automated slips typically controlled by the driller, usually hydraulically or pneumatically
operated.
Power Subs: A power sub is a device which moves with a hoisting system and is designed to provide
rotary power to the top of the tubular/string. It attaches to the bottom of the rotary swivel, but does not
include a rotary seal or bearing for supporting the tubular/string.
Power Swivels: A power swivel is a device which moves with a hoisting system and is designed to
provide rotary power to the top of the tubular/string. It replaces the rotary swivel and includes a rotary seal
and bearing for supporting the tubular/string weight.
Process Area: Area where processing equipment is located to handle hydrocarbon. This includes
wellhead/manifold areas, well testing equipment.
Pulsation Dampeners: Chambered device used to dampen pressure pulsations in a fluid flow.
Pup Joint: A shorter-than-standard-length riser joint, tool joint, or drill pipe.

Rams: Mechanical device used for closing, shearing and sealing component of a blowout preventer. One of
three types – blind, shear, or pipe – may be installed in several preventers mounted in a stack on top of the
wellbore.
• Blind rams: Blind ram ends are not intended to seal against any drill pipe or casing. The rams seal
against each other to effectively close the hole.
• Shear rams:
- Shear rams (non-sealing): Shear rams have a built-in cutting edge that will shear tubular that may
be in the hole.
- Blind-shear rams: Blind rams with a built-in cutting edge that will shear against any drill pipe or
casing. They seal against each other to effectively close the hole.
- Super shear ram: Shear rams that are capable to shear drill collars and large diameter casing. These
rams are also capable of shearing heavy wall drill pipe and tool joints. The super shear rams are
non-sealing rams.
• Pipe ram is a sealing component with an indentation and packing for drill pipe, drill collars or casing
that closes the annular space between the pipe and the blowout preventer or wellhead. Separate rams
are necessary for each size (outside diameter) pipe in use. Pipe rams can include:
- Fixed bore pipe ram: Closing and sealing component in a ram blowout preventer that is capable of
sealing only specified tubular size
- Variable bore pipe ram: Closing and sealing component in a ram blowout preventer that is capable
of sealing on a range of tubular sizes
Rated Setback Load: The maximum weight of tubular goods which can be supported by the substructure in
the setback area.
Rated Working Pressure (RWP) or Maximum Allowable Working (Operating) Pressure (MAWP): The
maximum internal pressure equipment or system is designed to operate or work and to contain and/or control
the pressure.
Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV): An unmanned vehicle for offshore subsea use.
Reels (MUX, Hotline): Large spool and winch system used to store, deploy, and retrieve flexible lines.
Riser Adapter: Crossover between riser and flex/ball joint.
Riser Chute: To guide risers from vertical position at set back area to drill-floor.
Riser Feeding Machine: A machine designed for horizontal transportation of casing, riser/slip joint and
material from pipe deck to drill floor and vice versa.
Riser Joint: A section of riser main tube having flanged connector (or equivalent ) ends fitted with a box
and pin and including choke, kill and (optional) auxiliary lines, booster lines, and their support brackets.
Riser Recoil System: A means of limiting the upward acceleration of the riser for uplanned disconnect (EDS)
or failure of a riser.
Riser Running/Handling Tool: A device that joins to the upper end of a riser joint to permit the lifting and
lowering of the joint and the assembled riser string in the derrick by the elevators.
Riser Spider – Fixed: A device having retractable jaws or dogs used to support the riser string on the
uppermost coupling support shoulder during deployment and retrieval of the riser.
Riser Spider – Elevator: Riser spider that is capable of being used as elevators.
Riser Tensioners: Systems for providing and maintaining top tension on the deployed riser string to prevent
buckling.
Riser Tensioner Ring: The structural interface of the telescopic joint outer barrel and the riser tensioners.
The tensioner ring may be an integral part of the telescopic joint.

Rotary Hose (also known as Kelly Hose): Flexible hose which conducts high-pressure drilling fluids from
the standpipe to the gooseneck/swivel and kelly or top drive.
Rotary Swivel: A device hanging on the traveling hook that allows the drill string to rotate while hanging
and provide path for fluids flow.
Rotary Table: A device through which passes the bit and drill string and that transmits rotational action to
the kelly.
Rupture (or Bursting) Disc: A device designed to rupture or burst and relieve pressure at a defined pressure
and rate. The device will not close after being activated.
Safe Working Load (SWL): The maximum rated load within the lifting appliance rated capacity for the
given operating conditions.
Safety Factor: The relationship between maximum allowable stress level and a defined material property,
normally specified minimum yield strength.
Safety System – Equipment: A system designed to automatically lead equipment being controlled to a
predetermined less critical condition in response to a fault which may endanger the equipment or the safety
of personnel and which may develop too fast to allow manual intervention.
Shale Shaker: Any of several mechanical devices utilizing screens and vibration that remove cuttings and
other large solids from drilling fluid.
Shear Rams: See “Rams”.
Sheaves: Grooved pulley for use with wire rope.
Shut-in: A condition resulting from a shutting-in of the wellbore caused by the occurrence of one or more
undesirable events and/or actions of the safety shutdown.
Shutdown: A system action that will be initiated upon signal or failure and is to result in shutdown of systems,
subsystems, equipment, component, or part of the facility.
Sour Service: Exposure to environments that contain H2S and can cause cracking of materials by the
mechanisms addressed in NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
Spudding: The start of drilling the subsea well.
Subsystem: An assembly of interconnected or interrelated parts that performs tasks as a component as a
subset of a system.
System: An assembly of various subsystems combined into a unified whole.
Surveyor: ABS’s representative on location to perform examination or inspection activities.
Survival Condition: Condition during which a unit may be subjected to the most severe environmental loading
for which the unit is designed. Drilling or similar operations may have been discontinued due to the severity
of the environmental loading. The unit may be either afloat or supported on the sea bed, as applicable.
Telescopic Joint (Slip Joint): A riser joint having an inner barrel and an outer barrel with sealing means
between. The inner and outer barrels of the telescopic joint move relative to each other to compensate for
the required change in the length of the riser string as the vessel moves due to marine environment.
Tensioning System: Systems for providing and maintaining top tension on the deployed equipment.
Test Pressure: The pressure at which the component or system is tested to verify structural and pressure
integrity.
Test Stump: Stump with wellhead profile used to support the BOP during surface pressure test operations.
Also used during BOP storage.
Tongs (Power or Manual): Automated or manual tongs used to torque drill pipe to final torque or to break
out pipe connections.

Top Drive: A top drive is either a power swivel or a power sub, typically with integrated pipe handling and
hoisting capabilities below the drive. The pipe handler may comprise an elevator, elevator links, link tilt
system and a pipe gripper mechanism to assist in making and breaking connections.
Transit Condition: Unit movements from one geographical location to another.
Traveling Block: Set of sheaves which move up and down in the derrick as drilling line is paid out or taken in.
Trip: The operation of hoisting the drill string from and returning it to the wellbore.
Trip Tank: Small mud tank used to keep track of the volume of mud displaced by the drill string during
“trip in” and “”trip out”.
Tubulars: Tubular goods can be tubing, casing, drill pipe, and line pipe.
Tubular Feeding Machine: A machine designed for horizontal transportation of tubulars and materials
from pipe deck to drill floor and vice versa.
Type Approval: See Appendix 1-1-A2 of the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification – Offshore Units
and Structures (Part 1).
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS): Device supplying output power in some limited time period after
loss of input power with no interruption of the output power.
Unit Certification: Unit certification is a review of individual systems, subsystems, equipment, components,
and materials for compliance with ABS Rules, Guides, or other recognized codes and standards. This allows
these items to be placed on a vessel, marine structure or system to become eligible for classification.
Certification is a “one-time” review (see Appendix 1-1-A2 of the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification –
Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1).
Umbilical: A control hose bundle or electrical cable that typically runs from the reel onto the control pod
on the LMRP.
Upset Condition: A condition that occurs in a system, subsystem, equipment or component when an operating
variable deviates substantially from its normal operating limits. If left unchecked, this condition will result
in a threat to safety, or undesirable events, and may cause shutting-in of system, subsystems, equipment or
component.
Utility Systems: Various systems providing the supporting functions to the drilling operations. Typical utility
systems are cooling water, hot oil for heating, chemical systems for injection, hydraulic, potable water,
nitrogen generation and system, instrument air and power generation system, etc.
Vibratory Hose: A flexible hose assembly used to convey high-pressure drilling liquids between two
piping systems or between the mud-pump discharge outlet and the high-pressure mud piping system for the
purpose of attenuating noise and/or vibration, or compensating for misalignment and/or thermal expansion.
Wellhead Connector: Hydraulic connector used to securely latch the lower BOP stack to the wellhead.
Wire Rope: Cable composed of steel wires twisted around a central core of wire or fiber.
Wireline Spoolers: System consisting of a drum, motor and control system used for running or retrieving
wireline. Often skid-mounted, may be electrically, pneumatically or hydraulically operated.
Working Load: The mass of the load lifted plus the mass of the accessories (e.g., sheave blocks, hooks,
slings, etc.).
29 Acronyms and Abbreviations (1 September 2012)

The following acronyms and abbreviations are used in this Guide:
• AHC Active Heave Compensation
• BHA Bottom Hole Assembly
• BOP Blowout Preventer
• CoC Certificate of Conformity

• CTOD Crack-tip Opening Displacement

• CTU Conductor Tensioning Unit
• CVN Charpy V-Notch
• DCS Distributed Control Systems
• DEMP Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plan
• DN Diameter Nominal
• EDS Emergency Disconnect System
• ESD Emergency Shutdown
• FAT Factory Acceptance Testing
• FMEA Failure Modes and Effects Analysis
• FMECA Failure Modes and Effects Criticality Analysis
• GA General Arrangement
• H 2S Hydrogen Sulfide
• HAZ Heat-Affected Zone
• HAZOP Hazard and Operability
• HAZID Hazard Identification
• HP High Pressure
• HPHT High-Pressure High-Temperature
• I/O Input/Output
• IRC Independent Review Certificate
• IBOP Internal Blowout Preventer
• ITP Inspection and Test Plans
• LEL Lower Explosive Limits
• LMRP Lower Marine Riser Package
• LP Liquid Penetrant Examination
• MT Magnetic Particle Examination
• MAC Manufacturer’s Affidavit of Compliance
• MASP Maximum Anticipated Surface Pressure
• MAWP Maximum Allowable Working (Operating) Pressure
• MDT Minimum Design Temperature
• MDST Minimum Design Service Temperature
• MIT Maintenance, Inspection, and Testing
• MRN Maintenance Release Note
• MTR Material Test Report
• MUX Multiplex Systems
• NDE Nondestructive Examination
• NDT Nil Ductility Transition

• NPS Nominal Pipe Size

• NPT National Pipe Thread Tapered Thread
• OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
• P&ID Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
• PO Purchase Order
• PDA Product Design Assessment
• PHC Passive Heave Compensation
• PLC Programmable Logic Controller
• PPM Parts per Million
• PQR Procedure Qualification Record
• RT Radiographic Examination
• RWP Rated Working Pressure
• ROV Remotely Operated Vehicles
• RQS Recognized Quality Systems
• SG Specific Gravity
• SIT System Integration Test
• SMYS Specified Minimum Yield Strength
• SR Survey Report
• SSL Structural Safety Level
• SWL Safe Working Load
• TA Type Approval
• UT Ultrasonic Examination
• UTS Ultimate Tensile Strength
• VIV Vortex-Induced Vibration
• WP Working Pressure
• WPS Weld Procedure Specification

Section 2: Design of Drilling Systems
SECTION 2 Design of Drilling Systems
1 Design of Drilling System
1.1 General (1 September 2012)

The designer of a drilling system is to evaluate the system as a whole, considering the interfacing and
interdependence of subsystems.
The required design plans and data to be submitted for ABS design review and approval related to the
drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are listed in Subsection 2/7 and Section 4, Table 1
of this Guide.
Arrangements and installation of drilling systems, subsystem, equipment and/or components are to meet
the layout objectives as specified in 2/1.3 and 2/7.1 of this Guide.
1.3 Equipment Layout

Equipment layout and work areas associated with the drilling activities are to be arranged with the following
objectives:
i) Safety of personnel and operation
ii) Separation of nonhazardous areas from those classified as hazardous areas
iii) Separation of fuel and ignition source as far as practical
iv) Minimizing the likelihood of uncontrollable releases of hydrocarbon to the environment
v) Minimizing the spread of flammable liquids and gases which may result in a hazardous event and
facilitating rapid removal of any accumulations
vi) Minimizing the probability of ignition
vii) Minimizing the consequences of fire and explosions
viii) Preventing fire escalation and equipment damage
ix) Providing for adequate arrangements for escape and evacuation
x) Facilitating effective emergency response
xi) Minimizing dropped object hazards to personnel, equipment (on facility and subsea), and structure
xii) (1 September 2012) Protection of critical systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components from
damage during drilling operation, such as:
• Electrical cables and cableways
• Well control equipment
• Exhaust ducting and air intake ducting
• Control and shutdown systems
• Fire/gas detection, and fire-fighting equipment are to be arranged so that they are protected
from damage during drilling operations.
xiii) Equipment arrangements are to provide access for inspection and servicing and safe means of
egress from all machinery spaces.

xiv) The installation of electrical equipment within hazardous areas is to be in compliance with the ABS
MODU Rules. Combustion equipment and combustion engines are not to be located in hazardous
areas.
xv) Equipment arrangement drawings are to show the location of all equipment, living quarters, all
machinery spaces, tanks, derrick, wellheads/moon pool, flare and vents, escape route, evacuation
equipment, air intake, opening to close spaces, and any fire and barrier walls.
xvi) Additional requirements related to general arrangement and equipment layout are also to consider the
applicable requirements of the ABS MODU Rules.
xvii) The equipment arrangement drawings are to indicate the hazardous areas throughout the facility,
as defined in Section 4-3-6 of the ABS MODU Rules.
1.5 Overpressurization Protection

Systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that may have the potential of exposure to pressure
greater than for which they are designed are to be protected by suitable pressure protection devices:
i) The drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components that may have the possibility of
overpressure are to be protected by suitable means, acceptable to ABS, such as relief valves, burst
disk, fusible plug, etc., or the equivalent. The equipment will be reviewed for the specified design
parameters, as specified in the applicable “Design Basis” in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide.
ii) It is to be the responsibility of the systems and equipment designers to specify and consider the
most severe combination of pressure sources, such as formation pressure, pumps, flow restriction,
static heads, hammer effects, fire and/or thermally-induced pressures, in the design and selection
of suitable overpressure protection devices.
1.7 Materials (1 September 2012)

The materials for each equipment or component are to be selected with consideration of their fitness for the
intended service and in accordance with the applicable codes and standards as referenced in this Guide, in
addition to the material requirements of Section 6 of this Guide.
The experience of the manufacturers, designers and related performance records will be specially considered
with technical justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
1.9 Welding and Nondestructive Examination

General requirements for welding and nondestructive examination (NDE) are to be in accordance with
Section 7 of this Guide.
1.11 Platforms and Railings (1 September 2012)

It is to be noted that various national and international regulatory bodies have requirements for the loading,
arrangement and construction of local structures such as walking/working platforms, guardrails, handrails,
ladders and walkways. The designer is to submit drawings and calculations for critical load-bearing
structures and components, demonstrating compliance to the applicable regulatory requirements, and the
design loads as specified in 3/11.1.3 of this Guide, as applicable.
3 Design Specifications
The design specification for drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components is to consider as a
minimum, but not limited to, the most adverse combination of applicable loads listed in 2/5.7 and consisting of
design plans, drawings, data, and calculations, as outlined in Subsection 2/7, to substantiate the design.
i) In addition to the design specifications, the manufacturing specifications are to include material
specifications, WPS/PQR, NDE, and testing procedures/specifications utilized in the manufacturing,
installation, and commissioning of each system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component and are to
comply with the applicable section of this Guide, in addition to the codes or standards used.
ii) Design plans and data are to be submitted for ABS approval of drilling systems, subsystems,
equipment, and/or components, in accordance with Subsection 2/7 and the requirements of this Guide.

5 Design Considerations
5.1 Recognized Standards (1 September 2012)

The submitted design is to be in accordance with the requirements of this Guide and the latest edition of
the specified codes and standards, as referenced herein and in Appendix 1 of this Guide, from contract date
(see 1-1-3/1.3 of the ABS MODU Rules).
i) Designs complying with other international or national standards not listed in Appendix 1 will be
subject to special consideration in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
ii) ABS advises the designer/manufacturer to contact the ABS Technical office early in the design
phase for acceptance of alternate design codes and standards.
iii) When alternate design codes and standards are proposed, justifications can be achieved through
equivalency, gap analysis or appropriate risk analysis/philosophy to demonstrate that the proposed
alternate design code and standard will provide an equivalent level of safety to the recognized
standards as listed in this Guide, and are required to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this
Guide.
5.3 Alternative Basis of Design

Designs based on manufacturers’ standards may also be accepted. In such cases, complete details of the
manufacturer’s standard and engineering justification are to be submitted for review.
i) The manufacturer will be required to demonstrate by way of testing or analysis that the design criteria
employed results in a level of safety consistent with that of a recognized standard or code of practice.
ii) Where strain gauge testing, fracture analysis, proof testing or similar procedures form a part of the
manufacturer’s design criteria, the procedure and results are to be submitted for ABS review.
iii) Historical performance data for drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components is to be
submitted for justification of designs based on manufacturers’ standards.
iv) ABS will consider the application of risk evaluations for alternative or novel features for the basis
of design in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, as applicable.
5.5 Corrosion/Erosion Allowance (1 September 2012)

Where drilling systems (including piping systems), subsystems, equipment, and/or components are subjected to
a corrosive, erosive or abrasive environment, the design is to include allowances for such extra material as
applicable in accordance with the requirements as specified below:
i) As specified by the applicable design codes and standards.
ii) The amount of additional material needed is to be determined based on the predicted rate of corrosion
and/or erosion and the design service life of the component.
iii) Alternative allowances will be considered when supplemented with technical justifications for the
life-cycle of the equipment, such as:
a) Previous documented service experience
b) Active corrosion protection and maintenance, such as galvanizing, anodes, etc.
c) Passive corrosion protection and maintenance, such as special coating, etc.
iv) In the absence of 2/5.5i) through 2/5.5iii), a minimum corrosion allowance of 1.6 mm (0.0625 in.) is
to be utilized.

5.7 Design Conditions

The drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to be designed to account for all applicable
environmental, operational, and test loads, or combination thereof. These include, but are not limited to,
the following:
i) Environmental Conditions, as applicable
• Earthquake • Wind
• Ice • Temperature
• Current, waves • 1, 10, 50, 100 year storm event, as applicable
ii) Operational
• Static pressure • Vibration
• Transient pressure excursion • Acceleration loads due to movement of the
drilling unit
• Temperature excursion
• Retrieval
• Tension
• Drifting
• Bending
iii) Transportation
iv) Installation
v) Commissioning
vi) Storage and Maintenance
vii) Test Loads
5.9 Risk Assessments for Drilling System (1 September 2012)

For a drilling system as defined in Subsection 3/1 of this Guide, risk assessment for the drilling system and
individual systems, subsystems, and equipment is to be performed.
Qualitative risk assessments are to be conducted with the following objectives:
i) Identifying and assessing major hazards, but not limited to, those defined in 1/7.9 of this Guide
ii) Potential risks associated with the drilling system, including its impact on other systems
iii) Demonstrate compliance with the design principles as stated in this Guide
iv) Identify prevention and mitigation measures, as appropriate
v) Areas or issues requiring further analysis, testing, or risk evaluations
5.9.1 Levels of Risk Assessment
Three (3) levels of risk assessments are to be performed, as applicable:
i) Qualitative hazard identification studies such as HAZID, HAZOP, “What-if”, etc., or similar
ii) Functional FMEA/FMECA
iii) Component level FMEA/FMECA
These assessments are to be performed sequentially, starting with the identification of hazards for
the overall design, and focusing to detailed risk studies driven by the findings of the previous
studies, as necessary.
5.9.2 Maintenance of Risk Assessment
Risk study results are to be maintained by the Owner of the drilling unit. If any subsequent
modifications to the drilling system, subsystems, equipment or components are carried out, risk studies
are to be updated to incorporate the modifications and to demonstrate that any hazards derived
from the modifications have been mitigated, as applicable.

5.9.3 Integrated Drilling System

The objective of drilling system risk assessment is to identify major hazards related to the system,
subsystem, and equipment as defined in Subsection 3/1 as an integrated system on a drilling unit.
Risk assessment is to consider, but not limited to, major hazards as defined in 1/7.9 of this Guide.
• Qualitative risk assessments as defined in 2/5.9.1i) above are to performed covering the integrated
drilling system as defined in Subsection 3/1 of this Guide.
• Qualitative risk assessments as defined in 2/5.9.1ii) above are to performed covering the integrated
control system for various drilling subsystem.
5.9.4 Functional FMEA/FMECA
Functional FMEA/FMECA as specified in 2/5.9.1ii) above are to be performed covering individual
systems, subsystems, equipment and components as defined in Subsection 3/1 of this Guide.
i) The functional FMEA/FMECA is to evaluate the intended control functions such as hydraulic,
pneumatic, electrical, electro-hydraulic, acoustic, or computer-based system’s components,
as applicable, will not cause unsafe operation in compliance with the design principles in
Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, 3/15.3, 3/15.5.
ii) The functional FMEA/FMECA is to evaluate the well control, drilling support, and general
support systems will not cause unsafe operation in compliance with the design principles
in Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, 3/15.3, 3/15.5.
iii) The results of the functional FMEA/FMECA are to identify critical systems/functions to
be further analyzed during component level FMEA/FMECA.
5.9.5 Component-Level Risk Assessments
i) The detailed component level FMEA/FMECA is to be performed for the critical components
as identified during the functional FMEA/FMECA.
ii) The component level FMEA/FMECA is to correlate to the functional FMEA/FMECA to
provide an overall understanding of the local effects of the equipment failure mode and
‘global’ effects of the failure of the control/safety function and other equipment/interfaces
in the system.
5.11 FMEA/FMECA Validation Program (1 September 2012)

A validation program is to be developed and performed to verify selected/critical results of the FMEA/FMECA:
• Effectiveness of system to identify failure/failures
• The effect of an identified failure/failures on system/equipment
• Response of the safety controls
• Other measures to protect against the failure
i) FMEA/FMECA validation is to be carried out at the vendor’s plant, in accordance with 4/3.3.1
and Subsection 8/3 of this Guide.
ii) When final testing requires assembly and installation on-board facility, it may not be possible to
perform all required testing at vendor’s plant. In this case, FMEA/FMECA validation is be carried
out as part of the system integration testing (SIT) during commissioning, in accordance with
4/3.3.2 and Subsections 8/5 and 8/7 of this Guide.
iii) The test program results are to be documented to confirm that the FMEA/FMECA conclusions are
valid.

7 Design Plans and Data

The following paragraphs describe documentation and ABS approval requirements for Classing of drilling
systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components.
i) Section 4 of this Guide provides the general process for ABS approval of a drilling system.
Subsequently, Section 4, Table 1, “Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment” identifies
the typical drilling system, subsystems, equipment and/or components that require approval for
ABS Classification of the drilling system.
ii) It should be noted that Section 4, Table 1 is provided as a general reference listing, and is not to be
considered as the complete drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component listing. For drilling
systems, subsystems, equipment or components not listed in Section 4, Table 1, the designer/
manufacturer should contact the appropriate ABS Technical office for guidance on technical and
survey requirements and completion of the approval process.
iii) The manufacturer’s plans and data, as specified in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide, are generally to be
submitted electronically to ABS. However, hard copies will also be accepted.
iv) All plan submissions originating from manufacturers are understood to be made with the knowledge
of the main contracting party.
v) (1 September 2012) Design plans and data, as listed in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide, are expected
to be submitted by the entity(ies) outlined in the table below. Depending on the contractual
agreement between entities, the responsible party for design plans and data submittal may vary.
Submittal of Design Plans and Data

Shipyard Owner/Operator/Designer Manufacturers
Drilling Systems
General arrangement X X
Well control X X
Well circulation X X
Tubular handling and lifting X X
Interface details between systems X X
and/or subsystems
Marine interface X
Electrical X X X
Control X X X
Drilling Equipment
Assembly details, etc. X X
Subsystems X
Components X
Installation integration X
Note: Where multi-entities are indicated, any one entity or all entities may be responsible for the
design plan and data submittals, dependent on contractual agreement between entities.
7.1 General Arrangement for Drilling System (1 September 2012)

General arrangement plans are to provide the following information, as applicable:
i) General arrangement of the installation/facility where the drilling system and its machinery are
installed
ii) Equipment layout, detailed arrangements and elevation drawings showing:
• Locations of all machinery, equipment, and structures for drilling operations
• Piping systems associated with the drilling systems, and support systems

• Locations of all control panels/stations for drilling systems, including all drilling support systems
• Locations of the fire and gas monitoring and fire-fighting control locations
• Detailed arrangements of the well test areas or location of well test equipment
• Escape and egress routes, including their protections, and muster stations
• The locations of openings (air intake, exhaust, windows, doors, etc.) for all closed spaces
• Ventilation arrangements
iii) HAZOP and/or HAZID study reports for the entire drilling systems and all associated subsystems
on the drilling unit
iv) FMEA/FMECA or similar analysis, and its validation program for systems, subsystems, equipment
or components, and integrated systems in accordance with 2/5.9 and 2/5.11, respectively, of this Guide
v) Classified areas (hazardous areas) drawings and/or details identifying nonhazardous areas and
hazardous areas in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules, API RP 500 or API RP 505
vi) Locations of potential hydrocarbon release and composition
7.3 Well Control Systems and Equipment

Typical well control systems and equipment are identified as follows:
• Blowout preventer (BOP) equipment
• Lower marine riser package (LMRP) for subsea well control
• Choke and kill equipment
• Marine drilling riser systems – See 2/7.5
• Diverter equipment
• Auxiliary well control equipment
(1 September 2012) The following are to be submitted for the well control systems and equipment:
i) General arrangement of well control systems, subsystems, equipment and components
ii) FMEA/FMECA or similar analysis for the well control systems and subsystems (see 2/5.9, 2/5.11
and 3/15.3)
7.3.1 Blowout Preventer Systems and Equipment
Submit the following documentation for the well control systems, BOP systems and/or well control
equipment, as applicable:
i) Design basis:
• Descriptions of the well control systems and equipment for surface and subsurface BOPs
• Design parameters: pressure rating, temperature rating (min/max)
• P&IDs and schematic diagrams
• Shutdown logic
• Details on hierarchy of control: primary, secondary, emergency, etc.
• Equipment technical specifications and data sheet
• Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines
ii) (1 September 2012) All control panel arrangements for BOP control systems

iii) (1 September 2012) Design and manufacturing details for BOP stack equipment to include
preventers, drill spools, wellhead connectors, clamps, spacer spools, adapter spools, etc.:
• Design parameters: pressure rating (RWP/MAWP, or design pressure), temperature
rating (min/max), loads, maximum water depth, service conditions, etc.
• Dimensional detailed drawings and fabrication details
• Material specifications and material properties
• Design analysis for pressure-retaining equipment
• Individual BOP (annular and ram) details. This is to include manufacturer documentation
to specify and to attest BOP minimum and maximum capability with regard to:
- Drill pipe size - Wire line, or
- Tool joints - Combination of the above
- Casing
• Data and documentation to confirm the shear rams capability of shearing the various
tubulars (sizes, grades, strengths, etc.) under the specified design conditions
• Prototype test data, as required by the design code
• Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
iv) BOP stack assembly:
• BOP stack configuration with individual annular and ram preventer details. This is to
include the manufacturer’s documentation to specify and to attest BOP stack minimum
and maximum capability with regard to:
- Drill pipe size - Wire line, or
- Tool joints - Combination of the above
- Casing
• Risk assessment for BOP stack arrangement identifying ram and annular placements
and configurations
• BOP stack assembly drawings for BOP systems showing:
- Stack configuration showing all equipment
- Structural frame details
- Lift points/attachments
- Arrangements showing accumulators, pods, valves, piping, connectors, jumper lines,
etc.
• Design details and structural analysis for BOP structural frame and lifting attachments
• Material specifications and material properties
v) Control system details:
• Control panel and control equipment arrangements, showing locations on drilling unit
• See 2/7.19, “Control Systems”
vi) Pressure relief system: arrangements, size, materials, back pressure and capacity calculations,
as applicable

vii) Design details electrical systems and equipment:

• See 2/7.17, “Electrical Systems and Equipment”
viii) Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders:
• See 2/7.21, “Pressure-Retaining Equipment”
ix) Design details for piping, valves, and fittings:
• See 2/7.23, “Piping Systems and Piping Components”
x) Design details for flexible lines and hydraulic hoses:
• See 2/7.25, “Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses”
xi) Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
xii) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
7.3.2 Lower Marine Riser Package
i) Design basis, including, as applicable:
• Descriptions of the lower marine riser package system
• Equipment technical specifications and data sheets
• Load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions
• Design analysis methodology for the lower marine riser package, including computer
modeling and computer program used
• Design analysis methodology of lower marine riser package, including loading
parameters from global marine drilling riser analysis, computer modeling, and computer
program used
ii) Design analysis of lower marine riser package mechanical-load bearing components (see
2/7.13) and pressure-retaining equipment (see 2/7.21), as applicable.
iii) LMRP components and systems are typically integrated into the BOP system and equipment.
See 2/7.3.1 for applicable submittal requirements for the following items:
• Equipment, component • Piping, valves, and fittings
• Control system • Flexible lines and hydraulic hoses
• Electrical systems
• Pressure vessels, accumulators,
cylinders
iv) Subsea control pods details, drawings and arrangements inclusive of component descriptions
v) LMRP structural frame [see 2/7.3.1v)]
vi) Material specifications, including material properties
vii) Prototype test data, as required by the design code
viii) Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
ix) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)

7.3.3 Choke and Kill Systems and Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical choke and kill systems and equipment are identified as follows, as applicable:
• Choke and kill manifold and buffer • Union connections
tanks
• Drilling choke controls
• Chokes
• Valves: check, flow, gate
• Flexible choke and kill lines
• Crosses and tees
• Drape hoses
• Elbows and targeted flanges
• Jumper hoses, mud boost
• Kill unit
• Hydraulic hoses
• Control system
• Rigid choke and kill lines
• Actuators: valves, drilling choke, or
• Swivel joints production choke
i) Design basis:
• Descriptions of the choke and kill systems and equipment and kill unit, including design
parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max.)
• Equipment arrangement details
ii) Pressure relief equipment rating/capacity
iii) Details of prime movers, such as diesel engines, motors, and generators, as applicable
iv) Design details for pumps, including:
• Power rating and capacity
• Temperature rating
v) Design details for mechanical load-bearing components:
• See 2/7.13, “Mechanical Load-Bearing Components”
vi) Design details electrical systems and equipment:
vii) Control system details:
viii) Design details for manifolds, pressure vessels, and tanks:
ix) Design details for rigid piping, valves, and fittings:
x) Design details for flexible lines:
xi) Prototype test data, as required by the design code
xii) Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
xiii) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)

7.3.4 Diverter Equipment

i) (1 September 2012) Design basis:
• Descriptions of the diverter system and equipment, including design parameters, pressure
rating, temperature rating (min/max)
ii) Design details electrical systems and equipment:
iii) Control system details:
iv) Design details for manifolds:
v) Design details for piping, valves, and fittings:
vi) Prototype test data, as required by the design code
vii) Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
viii) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
7.3.5 Auxiliary Well Control Equipment
Typical auxiliary well control equipment includes kelly valves, drill pipe safety valves, IBOP, drill
string float valves, etc.
i) Design details for valves, and fittings (see 2/7.23)
ii) Manufacturing specifications, as applicable (see 2/7.27)
iii) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
7.5 Marine Drilling Riser Systems (1 September 2012)

Typical marine drilling riser subsystems and components include the following:
• Riser tensioning system and equipment • Pup joints
• Riser recoil system • Buoyancy devices
• Riser joints • Ball and flex joints
• Riser couplings (connectors): • Riser running equipment
mechanical, hydraulic, etc.
• Special equipment, including fill-up valves, mud
• Telescopic joints boost system, drag reducing devices
Submit the following documentation for the marine drilling riser system and/or its components, as applicable:
i) Design basis, including, as applicable:
• Descriptions of the marine drilling riser system and its components (telescopic joint, flexible
joint, connectors, etc.)

• Assumptions used in the global design analysis of the marine drilling riser system and design
analysis of its components
• Design analysis methodology for the marine drilling riser system, including computer modeling
and computer program used
• Design analysis methodology of marine drilling riser components, including loading parameters
from global marine drilling riser analysis, computer modeling, and computer program used
• Support unit reports with information pertaining to any supporting units that affects the marine
drilling riser system. Reports to include unit response amplitude operators (RAOs), physical
layout of the drilling floor, derrick and pipe racks, and auxiliary lifting equipment.
ii) Design analysis of marine drilling riser systems (global riser analysis)
iii) Design analysis of marine drilling riser system associated components, as referenced
iv) Installation analysis
v) Riser and its components fabrication drawings
vi) Material specifications, including material properties
vii) Prototype test data, as required by the design code
viii) Input data:
• Riser configuration • Installation motion (RAO)
• Riser joint properties • Components interface/interactions
• Design pressure and loads • Boundary conditions/constraints
• Load combinations (design, • Wall thickness selections
environmental, operations,
• Corrosion allowance and tolerances
fatigue, etc.)
• Design temperatures
(maximum, minimum)
ix) Analysis results and evaluations, including:
• Maximum stress
• Displacement/deflection
• Stability and buckling
• Fatigue and fracture analyses
• Validation of results in accordance with design references
x) See 3/5.7 of this Guide for additional details on marine drilling riser design requirements.
xi) Design details for mechanical load-bearing components:
xii) Design details electrical systems and equipment:
xiii) Design details for control systems:

xiv) Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders:

xv) Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
xvi) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
7.6 Conductor Tensioning System/Unit (1 September 2012)

Submit the following documentation for the conductor tensioning system/unit and its equipment and
components, as applicable:
i) Schematics and P&IDs
ii) Design basis:
• Descriptions of the conductor tensioning system and associated equipment and components
• Design parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max)
• Load capacity
iii) Prototype test data, as required by the design code, as applicable
iv) Design details for mechanical load-bearing components:
v) Design details electrical systems and equipment:
vi) Design details for control systems:
vii) Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders:
viii) Design details for piping, valves, and fittings:
ix) Design details for flexible lines:
x) Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
xi) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
7.7 Drill String Compensation Systems

The drill string compensation system and equipment can be categorized as follows:
• Active heave compensation (AHC)
• Passive heave compensation (PHC)

Submit the following documentation for the drill string compensation system and associated equipment, as
applicable:
i) Schematics and P&IDs
ii) Design basis:
• Descriptions of the drill string compensation systems and associated equipment, inclusive of
fast and dead line compensation, as applicable
• Design parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max)
• Load capacity
• Design details of locking mechanism, mechanical and/or hydraulic
iii) Prototype test data, as required by the design code
iv) Design details for mechanical load-bearing components:
v) Design details for electrical systems and equipment:
vi) Design details for control systems:
vii) Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders:
viii) Design details for piping, valves, and fittings:
ix) Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
x) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
7.9 Bulk Storage, Transfer, Conditioning, and Circulation Systems

The bulk storage, circulation and transfer system equipment can be categorized as follows:
• Bulk storage and transfer equipment • Well circulation system and equipment
• Cementing system and equipment • Mud-gas separator (poor boy),
• Mud return system and equipment • Degasser
• Mud conditioning equipment
Submit the following documentation for the bulk storage, circulation and transfer systems, as applicable:
i) P&IDs and schematic diagrams
ii) Design basis:
• Descriptions of the bulk storage, circulation and transfer systems, and all associated equipment
(e.g., mud-gas separator, degasser, desilter, desanders, shale shakers, agitators, etc.)
• Design parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max) and flow
simulation
• Pressure relief philosophy
• Design references, codes, and standards

iii) Pressure relief equipment rating/capacity

iv) Details of prime movers, such as diesel engines, motors, and generators, as applicable
v) (1 September 2012) Design details for pumps, including:
• Pressure rating, power rating and capacity
• Temperature rating
vi) Design details for mechanical load-bearing components:
vii) Design details for electrical systems and equipment:
viii) Design details for control systems:
ix) Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders:
x) Design details for piping, valves, and fittings:
xii) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
7.11 Hoisting, Lifting, Tubular Handling Systems (1 September 2012)

Submit the following documentation for the hoisting, lifting, and tubular (riser, pipe) handling systems, as
applicable:
7.11.1 Derrick Structure
i) Design basis for the derrick structure, including:
• Descriptions of the derrick structure and associated components
• Equipment technical specifications
• Assumptions used in the design analysis of the derrick structure and associated
components
• Design conditions, including:
- Environmental - Temperature, min/max
- Operating - Field transit
- Static - Ocean transit
- Storm survival - Lifting, if applicable
- Waiting on weather - Supporting structure deflection
• Combined load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions
• The center of rotation (floating condition) specified in terms of the vertical and horizontal
distances between the derrick base and the center of flotation of the vessel/unit
• Design analysis methodology for the derrick structure and associated components,
and component analyses including computer modeling and computer program used

• Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components and
bolts (if bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable
• Corrosion control plans
• Rigging arrangement
ii) Identification of the host vessel/unit for the derrick
iii) Descriptions of all computer programs, analysis methodologies and limits, and other
calculation procedures that will form the basis of the structural design and analysis
iv) Structural analysis report:
• Design load development and computer input for all design conditions
• Computer model geometry plots (group IDs, joint numbers, members and lengths, critical
unity checks)
• Allowable stresses
• Computer stress analysis
• Computer output; support reactions, unity stress checks
• Justifications for any stress exceeding the stated allowable stress
• Derrick bolt design and torque procedures by manufacturer
• Attachment locations for other equipment (e.g., drill string compensation, tubulars
handling, blowers, air reservoir, accumulator, tugger winches, ancillary equipment, etc.)
• Supplemental calculations:
- Sheave shaft strength (including shafts for cluster, fastline, and deadline sheaves)
- Crown frame and Water table beams (or Top beams)
- Maximum allowable crown weight and CG to determine suitability for crown
mounted compensator
- Bolting designs for base plates and splice plates
- Strength of welded joints
- Platforms or sub-structure, as applicable
- Padeyes, as applicable
v) Structural drawings:
• General arrangement drawings
• Derrick assembly drawings
• Crown block assembly drawings
• Water table assembly drawings
• Geometry layout drawing; showing overall dimensions of derrick and indicating the
size of each member

• Detailed drawings of the main structural elements of the derrick, crown frame, and
water table beams, including:
- Details and sizes for main structural elements
- Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components
and bolts (if bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable
- Bolt connections and tightening procedures
- Welding details and other methods of connection
• Base plate, anchor bolt plan and bolting procedures
• Bolts sheet
vi) Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
vii) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
7.11.2 Cranes and Lifting Appliances
i) Design basis for the cranes (gantry or pedestal), including:
• Descriptions of the crane structures and associated components
• Equipment technical specifications
• Load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions or combination thereof:
- Dead, live and dynamic loads, including loads due to list and/or trim of the drilling
unit, as applicable
- Environmental loads including the effects of wind, sea state, snow and ice
ii) General arrangement, assembly plans and description of operating procedures and design
service temperature
iii) Details of the principal structural parts and crane supporting structure
iv) Stress diagram, stress analysis and other supporting calculations, suitably referenced. Where
computer analysis is used for the determination of scantlings, details of the programs
describing input and output data and procedures are to be included together with the basic
design criteria.
v) Expected duty cycle in frequency of use and percentage of load
vi) Wire rope specifications
vii) Material specifications including material properties
viii) Welding details and procedures and a plan indicating extent and locations of nondestructive
inspection of welds for crane structure and foundation
ix) Crane capacity rating chart
x) Design details for electrical systems and equipment:
xi) Design details for control systems:
xii) Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
xiii) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)

7.11.3 Tubulars Handling

i) Design basis for the tubulars handling system:
• Description of system
• Design references, codes, or standards
• Design conditions:
- Environmental - Survival
- Operating - Lifting, if applicable
- Static
• Load and temperature rating
• Rotating equipment power rating
ii) General arrangement drawings showing locations of all equipment
iii) Assembly and equipment drawings
iv) Structural analysis report
v) Dimensional detailed drawings
vi) Prototype test data, if required by the design code
viii) Design details for control systems:
• See 2/7.19, “Control System”, as applicable
ix) Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders:
x) Design details for piping, valves, and fittings:
xii) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
7.11.4 Other Load-bearing Equipment
i) Load-bearing equipment, and associated support structural may include, but is not limited to,
BOP handling crane, BOP transporter/skidder, drawworks, crown block, traveling block,
top drive, hook and rotary swivel, power swivel, pipe, rackers/manipulator systems, stabbing
board, racking platforms, man-riding elevators, winches, wire lines/ropes, cranes and other
lifting devices.
ii) Design details for mechanical load-bearing equipment:
• See 2/7.13, “Mechanical Load-Bearing Equipment”
iii) Design details for electrical systems and equipment:
iv) Design details for control systems, as applicable:
v) Manufacturing specifications, as applicable (see 2/7.27)
vi) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)

7.13 Mechanical Load-Bearing Equipment (1 September 2012)

Unless required otherwise in 2/7.3 through 2/7.11, the following documentation for mechanical load-bearing
components is to be submitted for ABS review, as applicable.
See Section 4, Table 1, “Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment” for ABS approval requirements.
i) Design specifications, including design codes, standards, and references
ii) Design parameters: loads, temperature, environmental conditions, etc.
iii) Design analysis and/or calculations, as applicable
iv) Dimensional drawings and fabrication details
v) Material specifications and material properties
vi) Prototype test data, if required by the design code
viii) Design details for control systems, as applicable:
ix) Manufacturing specifications, as applicable (see 2/7.27)
x) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.2.1)
7.15 Burner/Flare Booms (Permanently Fitted) (1 December 2015)

Submit the following documentation for the burner/flare boom fitted as part of the well control system:
i) Design basis for the burner/flare boom, including:
• Descriptions of the burner flare boom and associated components
• Equipment list
• Assumptions used in the design analysis of the burner flare boom structure and associated
components
• Design conditions, including:
- Environmental - Survival
- Operating - Lifting, if applicable
• Combined load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions
• Plans showing intended location of the boom on the installation
• Design analysis methodology for the burner flare boom structure and associated components,
and component analyses including computer modeling and computer program used
• Design temperature (maximum, minimum)
• Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components and bolts (if
bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable
ii) Descriptions of all computer programs, analysis methodologies and limits, and other calculation
procedures that will form the basis of the structural design and analysis

iii) Structural analysis report:

• Design load development and computer input for all design conditions
• Computer model geometry plots (group IDs, joint numbers, members and lengths, critical unity
checks)
• Allowable stresses
• Computer stress analysis
• Computer output: support reactions, unity stress checks
• Justifications for any stress exceeding the stated allowable stress, as applicable
iv) Structural drawings:
• General arrangement drawings
• Burner Flare Boom assembly drawings
• Geometry layout drawing; showing overall dimensions of burner flare boom and indicating the
size of each member
• Detail drawings of the main structural elements of the burner flare boom, including:
- Details and sizes for main structural elements
- Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components and bolts
(if bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable
- Bolt connections and tightening procedures
- Welding details and other methods of connection
• Base plate and anchor bolt plan
• Bolts sheet
7.17 Electrical Systems and Equipment

Design plans and data are to be submitted for electrical systems and equipment in accordance with 4-3-1/5,
4-3-2/1, 4-3-3/1 and 4-3-4/1 of the ABS MODU Rules. See Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
7.19 Control Systems

The following control system plans and data are to be submitted for design review, as applicable:
i) Arrangement plans showing location of units controlled, instrumentation and control devices
ii) Design basis and specifications for control and instrumentation equipment
iii) Set points for control system components
iv) Control system operating and maintenance manuals
v) (1 September 2012) Control system details:
• Details on hierarchy of controls: primary, secondary, emergency, etc., as applicable
• Details and description of interconnections between control systems
• Primary power source and emergency power source details, as applicable
• Volumetric capacity calculations for the accumulator systems, primary and secondary (as
applicable)
• Hydraulic power unit (HPU) details/arrangements:
- Pump system details and arrangements
- Prime mover details
- Reservoir capacity and arrangements

• Hydraulic, pneumatic, and electrical schematics

• Pressure relief system: Arrangements, size, materials, back pressure and capacity calculations,
as applicable
• Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
vi) (1 September 2012) FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis for control systems as defined in Subsection
3/15 for system, subsystem, and equipment (see 2/5.9)
vii) Documentation in accordance with the recognized industry standard is to be submitted for review
to justify the safety integrity levels, when applicable [see 3/15.5.2(c)].
viii) Calculations for control systems demonstrating the system’s ability to react adequately to anticipated
occurrences, including transients
ix) Arrangements and details of control consoles/panels, including front views, installation arrangements
together with schematic plans and logic description for all power, control and monitoring systems,
including their functions
x) Type and size of all electrical cables and wiring associated with the control systems, including
voltage rating, service voltage and currents, together with overload and short-circuit protection
xi) Schematic plans and logic description of hydraulic and pneumatic control systems together with all
interconnections, piping sizes and materials, including working pressures and relief-valve settings
xii) Description of all alarm and emergency tripping arrangements and functional sketches or description of
all special valves, actuators, sensors and relays
xiii) Shutdown logic and/or shutdown cause and effect charts
xiv) (1 September 2012) Hydrocarbon and sour gas detection system plans and data, including detectors,
piping, set points, type of detectors, and location of alarm panels, and recalibration program for
gas detectors
7.21 Pressure-Retaining Equipment

Unless required otherwise in 2/7.3 through 2/7.11, the following documentation for pressure-retaining
equipment is to be submitted for ABS review and approval, as applicable:
i) Design specifications, including design codes, standards, and references
ii) Design parameters: pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max), loads, etc.
iii) Design analysis and/or calculations, as applicable
iv) Dimensional drawings and fabrication details
v) Material specifications and material properties
vi) Details for manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
vii) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
7.23 Piping Systems and Piping Components

Design documentation is to be submitted for review and is to include the following information, as applicable:
i) Piping Systems:
• P&IDs for piping systems associated with drilling systems or subsystems
• Piping specifications, including material specifications
• Design parameters: pressure, temperature rating (min/max)
• Pipe stress and flexibility analyses, including design verification of erosional allowance due to
fluid velocity

ii) Piping components are considered, but not limited to, pipes, valves, hoses, fittings, flanges, bolts,
etc. Piping component design specifications to include the following information in accordance
with piping standard rating, as applicable:
• Technical specifications
• Design pressure (internal/external) and/or pressure rating
• Design temperature (min/max)
• Fluid medium (specifically note if piping standard rating is for sour service)
• Design code and standards
• Corrosion/erosion allowances
• Wall thickness for each line size
• Material specifications including material properties
• Details for manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
• Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
7.25 Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses

Flexible lines and hydraulic hoses documentation is to include, as applicable:
i) Pressure (internal/external) and temperature (min/max) ratings
ii) Construction materials details/material specifications
iii) Design analysis
iv) Prototype testing procedures and data, as required by design code
v) End connections and termination details, as applicable:
• Stress analysis
• Material specifications
• Prototype testing procedures and data
vi) Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
vii) Manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
7.27 Manufacturing Specifications (1 September 2012)

Manufacturing plans and/or fabrication details are to include, but not limited to, as applicable:
i) Quality plan and specifications
ii) WPSs and PQRs and weld maps
iii) NDE procedures and maps
iv) Detailed Inspection and Test Plans (ITPs), including associated test procedures for system, subsystem,
equipment or component, as outlined in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide, as applicable during:
• Manufacturing
• Installation
• Commissioning
• In-service

v) Galvanizing procedures, as applicable

vi) Installation, and Commissioning plans and procedures
vii) Maintenance and Operating manuals

Section 3: Drilling Systems
SECTION 3 Drilling Systems (1 December 2015)
1 General (1 September 2012)

Drilling systems consist of multiple subsystems simultaneously operating to bore a hole on the subsea floor.
Drilling systems typically consist of the following systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components:
This Guide provides detailed procedures for ABS approval of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment,
and/or components for Classification of a drilling system. The term Classification, in this document, indicates
that a drilling system and its equipment have been designed, constructed, tested, installed and surveyed in
compliance with relevant ABS Rules, Guides, this Guide or other recognized standards.
The following is to be considered in ABS Classification of Drilling Systems:
i) The drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to be designed and manufactured
in compliance with the recognized codes and standards, as listed in Appendix 1, and the additional
requirements specified in this Guide.
ii) Where a certain aspect of the design is not in compliance with the recognized code, standard or the
requirements of this Guide, the specific variations are to be advised and justified and will be
specially considered by ABS in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, on a case-by-case basis.
iii) ABS approval requirements for typical drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components
are outlined in Subsection 4/1 and Section 4, Table 1, “Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and
Equipment” of this Guide.

3 Well Control System

(1 September 2012) The well control systems and associated subsystems and equipment are categorized as
follows:
• Blowout Preventers (BOP) • Secondary Well Control Systems
• Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) - Acoustic
• Marine Drilling Risers - ROV Interface
• Diverter System • Emergency Well Control Systems:
• Choke & Kill Systems - Deadman
• Well Circulation (HP) - Autoshear
• Auxiliary Well Control Equipment - Emergency Disconnect System (EDS)
• Control Systems
The well control systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to be in compliance with the
following API standards and the additional requirements of this Guide:
Blowout Preventer (BOP) System and Equipment API Spec 16A, Spec 16D
API RP 53, RP 59
Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) API Spec 16A, Spec 16D, Spec 16F, Spec 16R
API RP 16Q
Choke and Kill System and Equipment API Spec 6A, Spec 16C, Spec 16F
API RP 53, RP 59
Diverter System and Equipment API Spec 6A, Spec 16D
API RP 53, RP 64
Marine Drilling Riser System API Spec 16A, Spec 16F, Spec 16R
API RP 2RD, API RP 16Q, API Bull. 16J
Auxiliary Well Control Equipment API Spec 7-1, Spec 16A
API RP 53
Mud Circulation System and Equipment See Subsection 3/9
BOP Stack Structural Frame API RP 2A WSD
AISC
FMEA/FMECA or similar analysis for major systems, subsystems, equipment or components, and integrated
systems.
3.1 Blowout Preventer System and Equipment

Typical components of the BOP system and equipment would include ram and annular type BOPs, BOP stack
structural frame, accumulators, connectors, clamps, drilling spools, spacer spools, control systems/consoles/
panels, control pods, umbilical, flexible/jumper lines (choke, kill, mud booster and hydraulic), hydraulic hoses,
MUX (multiplex), cable reels, rigid piping, hydraulic power units, manifold, ROV interface, test stump and
testing equipment.
3.1.1 Blowout Preventer Stack Configuration (1 September 2012)
i) BOP stack configurations are to be in general agreement with API RP 53, applicable national
regulations and the additional requirements as listed below.
ii) A documented risk assessment is to be performed by the equipment owner/operator for all
classes of BOP arrangements to identify ram placements and configurations, including
annular and tubular(s), for well control management.

iii) As a minimum, the BOP stack is to consist of the following preventers:

• One (1) annular preventer
• One (1) blind-shear ram preventer
• Two (2) pipe ram preventers
• Two (2) shear rams for moored or dynamically-positioned units, one being a blind-
shear ram and the other to be a casing shear
• All ram preventers are to be provided with locking devices
iv) The BOP stack configuration is to be able to close BOPs on all sizes of drill pipe, drill
collars and casing that may be used within a drilling program.
v) The ram-type BOP positions and outlet arrangements on subsea BOP stacks are to provide
reliable means to handle potential well control events. Specifically for floating operations,
the arrangement is to provide means to:
• Close in on the drill string, casing or liner and allow circulation
• Close and seal on open hole and allow volumetric well control operations
• Strip the drill string using the annular BOP(s)
• Hang off the drill pipe on a ram-type BOP and control the wellbore
• Shear logging cable or the drill pipe and seal the wellbore
• Disconnect the riser from the BOP stack
• Circulate across the BOP stack to remove trapped gas
vi) Systems of valves complying with the requirements of 3/3.5 are to be provided.
vii) For subsea BOP, the use of drilling spools is not recommended in order to reduce the overall
height of the subsea BOP stack arrangements.
viii) Spacer spools can be used to provide separation between two (2) drill-through components
with equal-sized end connections (nominal size designation and pressure rating). If installed,
spacer spools for BOP stacks are to meet the following minimum specifications:
• Have a vertical bore diameter the same internal diameter as the mating equipment
• Have a rated working pressure equal to the rated working pressure of the mating
equipment
• Are not to have any penetrations capable of exposing the wellbore to the environment,
without dual isolation capabilities
ix) The BOP equipment is to be designed for the specific drilling envelope, and suitable for
the intended facility. The BOP manufacturer is to specify and to attest to BOP stack minimum
and maximum capability with regard to the following, including shearing and pressure-
temperature capabilities:
• Tubulars • Pressure
• Wire lines • Temperature
• Water depth
x) The BOP structural frame and lifting attachments are to be designed considering applicable
loads as specified in 2/5.7 of this Guide and in accordance with the requirements of API
RP 2A-WSD or other recognized standards. Allowable stresses are to be in accordance
with design standards and/or AISC.

3.1.2 Control Systems for Blowout Preventers – Surface and Subsea (1 September 2012)
i) The control systems and components (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, etc.)
are to comply with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide and are to be in compliance with API
Spec 16D and API RP 53.
ii) Calculations are to demonstrate compliance with the standards referenced above for the
hydraulic fluids volumetric capacity of the accumulator system, pump system and reservoir
capacity, including the rapid discharge systems.
iii) Well control systems and components are to comply with the functional requirements of API
RP 53, and this is to include response time, pump system sizing, arrangements, and charging
of accumulator systems.
iv) Arrangements and installation of well control systems, subsystem, equipment and/or
components are to incorporate the layout objectives as specified in 2/1.3 of this Guide to
maintain operational capability of well control.
3.1.2(a) Well Control Panels
i) As a minimum, two (2) full-functioning well control panels are to be provided:
• One (1) well control panel is to be at the driller’s station or cabin and where it is protected
from drilling activities.
• A second well control panel is to be located in a nonhazardous area, as defined in the
ABS MODU Rules (see 4-3-5/7.1), API RP 500 or API RP 505, without having to cross
the drill floor or cellar deck, and is to be arranged for easy access in case of emergency.
ii) Well control panels are to be accessible and functional at all times.
iii) Well control panels are to be mutually independent (i.e., directly connected to the control
system, and not connected in series).
iv) For the subsea BOP stack, adequate measures are to be provided to prevent accidental
unlatching of the wellhead connector until the well is secure, such as two-hand function,
two-step action, protective cover or equivalent.
v) Shear ram functions are to be two-hand function, two-step action, protective cover or
equivalent.
vi) The well control panels are to include controls for at least, but not limited to:
• Close or open of all rams, annular preventers, and choke and kill valves on BOP stack
• Diverter operations
• Disconnect of riser connector (floating installations)
• Emergency disconnect (DP units)
• Mechanical locking of rams, as applicable
3.1.2(b) Hydraulic Fluid Capacity and System for BOP Stack. For a subsea or surface BOP
stack, stored energy using hydraulic fluids and accumulators are to be provided with required
capacity, volume and pressure, calculated in accordance with API Spec 16D for specified closing
and shearing functions, and demonstration of adequate functional capacity in accordance with API
RP 53, and the requirements of this Guide.
i) The minimum precharge pressure for the BOP system is to be determined based on the
following in accordance with API Spec 16D and API RP 53, as applicable:
• BOP stack configuration and • Hydraulic fluid properties
minimum required operator pressure
• Local regulations
• MASP and BOP rated working
• Operational sequence
pressure
• Water depth

ii) The required hydraulic fluid capacity is to be calculated in accordance with API Spec 16D
to perform the following functions:
a) Subsea BOP stack:
1) To close and open one (1) largest volume annular-type preventer from
full-open position
2) To close and open four (4) largest ram-type preventers from full-open
position
3) To open valve(s) on BOP stack for one (1) flow path
4) To close all ram locking devices, as applicable
b) Surface BOP stack:
1) To close one (1) largest volume annular-type preventer from full-open
position
2) To close four (4) largest ram-type preventers from full-open position
3) To open valve(s) on BOP stack for one (1) flow path
iii) The calculations for the precharge pressure [3/3.1.2(b)i)] and hydraulic fluid capacity
[3/3.1.2(b)ii)] are to consider the operational sequence during well control to provide
sufficient hydraulic pressure and fluids for the shearing operation for the specified operational
sequence and without pumps being operative.
iv) When stripping accumulators are installed on BOP stack, subsea or surface, additional
hydraulic fluids volumes are to be provided in addition to 3/3.1.2(b)ii) of this Guide. The
additional hydraulic fluids required are to be based on the BOP hydraulic operator rated
working pressure, and the minimum specified precharge pressure of the stripping
accumulators.
v) For hydraulic fluid drawdown tests, the system is to have sufficient usable fluid volume
as required by API RP 53 to demonstrate the following:
a) To perform all functions specified in 3/3.1.2(b)ii) of this Guide for subsea or surface
BOP stack, respectively, against zero wellbore pressure while pumps are inoperative.
b) The remaining pressure after completion of 3/3.1.2(b)ii) of this Guide for subsea
or surface BOP stack, respectively, is to be 1.38 MPa (200 psi) or greater, above the
minimum precharge pressure.
3.1.2(c) Secondary and Emergency Well Control Systems. Secondary and emergency well control
systems, such as acoustic (if installed), deadman and autoshear systems, are to be provided for DP
or moored units with dedicated rapid discharge system with dedicated subsea accumulator unit.
The main hydraulic supply for the secondary and emergency well control systems can be powered
by a shared dedicated subsea accumulator unit.
The accumulator capacity, volume and pressure, is to be calculated in accordance with API Spec
16D and is to consider all applicable closing sequences to shut in the well.
i) Floating installations or dynamically-positioned units require the following independent
emergency well control systems and safety features. These systems are to be designed in
accordance with API Spec 16D:
• Deadman System
• Autoshear System
ii) Acoustic control system, if provided on drilling unit, is to be designed in accordance with
API Spec 16D. The acoustic control is to be a portable control unit, which can be handled
by one person, and is to be available for the closing of the BOPs in the event of evacuation
from the facility.

iii) Subsea BOP stack is to be equipped with ROV intervention equipment and control systems,
and is to be provided with the following provisions:
a) ROV intervention equipment which at a minimum allows the closing of one set
of pipe ram, closing of one each blind-shear rams, and unlatching of the LMRP.
These functions are to operate independently of the primary BOP control system.
b) ROV interface and/or receptacles are to be in accordance with ANSI/API RP 17H.
3.1.3 Blowout Preventer Equipment
3.1.3(a) Design Requirements
i) (1 September 2012) Surface and subsea, ram and annular blowout preventers, including
workover and well servicing BOPs, ram blocks, annular packing units, valves, wellhead
connectors, drilling spools, adapter spools and clamps are to be designed, fabricated and
tested by the respective manufacturers for compliance with API Spec 6A, Spec 16A, and
the additional requirements of this Guide.
ii) Hydraulically-operated wellhead, riser and choke and kill line connectors are to have
redundant mechanisms for unlock and disconnect.
iii) The secondary unlock and disconnect mechanism may be hydraulic or mechanical, but
must operate independently of the primary unlocking and disconnect mechanism.
iv) In addition to the design conditions/loads listed in 2/5.7 of this Guide, the design of preventers
is to consider the following loads, as applicable:
• The weight of a specified length of drill string suspended in the pipe ram preventer
• Loads induced from the marine drilling riser
v) On fixed units, if the tool joints cannot be sheared, the following is to be considered:
• Two (2) shear rams must be installed as for DP units, or
• Lifting or lowering of main hoisting system is to be possible in all operational conditions,
including emergency operation. The main hoisting system is to be included in the
emergency power source.
vi) The blind-shear rams are to be capable to seal after shearing operation.
vii) (1 September 2012) The shear rams are to be capable of shearing the largest section and
highest-grade of tubulars (drill pipe, casing, wireline, etc.), as applicable, in accordance
with API Spec 16A, and API RP 53, as applicable, or the specified drilling program.
viii) (1 September 2012) The shearing capacity calculations for the shear rams are to consider
the following, simultaneously, as applicable:
• MASP (surface) and/or well head • Rated working pressure of BOP
pressure (subsea)
• Frictional force
• Forces to shear highest-grade of
• Shearing ratio
tubulars
Shear test data (historical and/or project specific) to justify and validate shear capacity
calculation are to be submitted.
ix) The annular, pipe and blind ram BOP operator design pressure is to consider the following,
simultaneously, as applicable:
• MASP (surface) and/or well head pressure (subsea)
• Rated working pressure of BOP
• Frictional force

x) Procedures to test preventers during manufacturing and “on-site” are to be developed and
submitted for ABS review.
xi) For subsea BOP and associated components such as valves, control system components,
sealing components, elastomeric components, etc., are to be designed with consideration
to marine conditions and external pressure gradient due to rated water depth.
xii) All nonmetallic materials are to be suitable for the intended service conditions, such as
temperature and fluid compatibility.
xiii) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
xiv) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
3.1.3(b) Operations/Maintenance Manuals.
i) Blowout preventer manufacturers are to provide the Owner/Operator with product operations
and maintenance manuals to assist in the safe operation of each assembly on each installation.
ii) The manufacturer’s recommended maintenance schedules are to be available for each
component of the assembly. These schedules are to prescribe maintenance routines.
3.3 Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP)

Typical components of the lower marine riser package, including connectors, flex joints, and adapter spools
are to be designed, fabricated, and tested by the respective manufacturers for compliance with API Spec
16F, API Spec 16R and API RP 16Q and the additional requirements of this Guide.
The LMRP package typically includes an annular BOP that is to be designed, fabricated, and tested in
accordance with 3/3.1 of this Guide, API Spec 16A, API Spec 16D and API RP 53, and the additional
requirements of this Guide.
i) Lower marine riser package disconnect arrangements are to be designed for all possible operating
and loading conditions. The loading conditions of the LMRP are to consider, but not limited to,
the following:
• Riser angle – min/max • External pressure due to static head
• Side loads • Internal pressure
• Bending loads • Top tension – min/max
• Currents
ii) The LMRP design is to consider the induced loads as defined in API Spec 16F and API RP 16Q,
as a minimum, for the following modes:
• Installation • Storage and maintenance
• Drilling • Hang-off
• Retrieval • Drifting
iii) (1 September 2012) For dynamically-positioned floating units, an emergency disconnect system
(EDS) is to be provided.
iv) (1 September 2012) The emergency disconnect is to initiate and complete disconnection in correct
sequence. A typical emergency disconnect sequence would be:
• Blind-shear
• Close well
• Disconnect LMRP
v) LMRP and associated components, such as valves, control system components, sealing components,
elastomeric components, etc., are to be designed with consideration to marine conditions and external
pressure gradient due to rated water depth.

vi) Adapter spools for BOP stacks are to meet the following minimum specifications:
• Have a minimum vertical bore diameter equal to the internal diameter of the mating equipment
• Have a rated working pressure equal to the lowest rated end connection of the mating equipment
vii) LMRP structural frame and lifting attachments are to be designed with consideration to all applicable
loading conditions. The applicable structural design code and standard, including loading conditions,
are provided in 3/3.1.1x) of this Guide.
3.5 Choke and Kill Systems and Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the choke and kill system and equipment would include the choke and kill manifolds,
including their chokes, spools, flanges and valves, choke and kill lines, connectors and flexible lines (drape
hoses at moonpool area and jumper lines at LMRP), BOP stack fail-close valves, kill unit, connecting
piping from the kill unit and/or cementing unit and drilling fluid manifold to the choke manifold, buffer
tanks and control systems.
Choke and kill systems, manifolds, arrangements, and associated components are to be in compliance with
the applicable codes and standards (API Spec 6A, API Spec 16C, API Spec 16F, API RP 53) and the
additional requirements of this Guide.
Alternatively, other recognized standards may be used when agreed to by ABS. When alternate codes or
standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to demonstrate an equivalent level of safety
to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
Piping, flexible lines and hydraulic hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide, and the
standards listed above.
Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide, and the standards listed above.
Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable, and the standards listed
above.
3.5.1 Choke and Kill Lines and Flexibles
i) Choke and kill lines from the BOP stack to the choke manifold are to be equipped with
two (2) valves each installed on the BOP stack.
• For surface BOP stacks, one of these two valves is to be arranged for remote hydraulic
operation.
• For subsea BOP stacks, these two valves are to be arranged for remote hydraulic
operation.
• Hydraulically-operated valves are to be fail-close valves to seal upon failure of the
control system pressure.
ii) The design pressure of the pipes, valves, flexible lines, connectors, fittings, and the choke
manifolds from the BOP stack to the isolation valve downstream of the choke is to be the
same as that of the ram-type BOPs or greater.
iii) For subsea BOP stack, the line connected to the lowermost outlet of the BOP is to be
designated as the “kill line”. Placement of this outlet is to be below the lowermost well
control pipe ram.
iv) For surface BOP stack, a documented risk assessment is to be performed to determine the
type and placement of valves (hydraulic, manual, and/or check) for the designated “kill
line”. This is to be submitted for ABS review and approval.
v) One (1) choke line and one (1) kill line connection is to be located above the lower most
ram BOP.

vi) The choke line that connects the BOP stack to the choke manifold and lines downstream of
the choke are to:
• Be as straight as practicable; turns, if required, are to be targeted
• Be firmly anchored to prevent excessive dynamic effect of fluid flow and the impact
of drilling solids and/or vibration
• Supports and fasteners located at points where piping changes direction are to be
capable of restraining pipe deflection in all operating conditions
• Have bore of sufficient size to prevent excessive erosion or fluid friction due to velocity
vii) For flexible lines, the requirements contained in 5/3.7 of this Guide are applicable.
• End connectors are to be in accordance with the applicable parts of Section 5 of this
Guide.
3.5.2 Components of Choke and Kill
i) For rated working pressure of 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) and above, only flanged, welded or
clamped connections, and rated hammer unions are to be used. See Section 5 of this Guide
for additional piping component requirements.
ii) For choke end connections, only flanged, welded or clamped connections, and rated hammer
unions are to be used, regardless of rated working pressure.
iii) For rated working pressure less than 69 MPa (10000 psi), the minimum size for the choke
lines is to be 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) nominal diameter.
iv) For rated working pressure of 69 MPa (10000 psi) and higher, the minimum size for the
choke lines is to be 76.2 mm (3.0 in.) nominal diameter.
v) For drilling of HPHT wells, gas wells and other drilling operations where high volume air
or gas may be expected, the minimum internal diameter for valves and pipes downstream
of the last HP valve (isolation valve downstream, next to the choke) is to be 101.6 mm
(4.0 in.) internal diameter.
vi) Minimum size for vent lines downstream of the choke is to be at least the same internal
diameter as for the chokes end connections.
vii) When buffer tanks are utilized, provisions are to be made to isolate a failure or malfunction
without interrupting flow control.
viii) All choke manifold valves subject to erosion from well control are to be full-opening and
designed to operate in high pressure gas and abrasive fluid service.
3.5.3 Arrangement of Choke Manifold
i) The choke and kill manifold assembly is to include the following:
a) The choke manifold is to be designed for a minimum of three (3) chokes, of
which at least one (1) is remotely controlled and one (1) is manual.
b) Any one of the chokes is to be capable of being isolated and replaced while the
manifold is in use.
c) Choke and kill manifold is to permit pumping or flowing through either choke or
kill line.
d) For subsea BOP, the arrangement is to allow circulation through all chokes through
either choke or kill line, without interference from pumping through the other
line.
e) A remotely controlled adjustable choke and a manual choke system to permit
control through either the choke or kill line.
f) Tie-ins to both drilling fluid and cement unit pump systems.

ii) The manifolds downstream of the choke are to be designed to minimize erosion or abrasion
from high velocity flow, by avoiding sharp bends. If 90 degree cannot be avoided, these
should be buffered by targeted flanges.
iii) Each of the manifolds’ inlet and outlet lines is to be fitted with an isolation valve with the
pressure-temperature rating as the choke inlet and outlet accordingly.
iv) The choke manifold is to have an alternate discharge outlet:
a) To avoid a single failure, blockage or washout impairing the manifold operation
b) To permit flow to a mud-gas separator, to well test facilities/flare boom and
emergency discharge overboard
v) The routing downstream of the chokes to mud-gas separator or discharge overboard are to be
provided with an alternate path for redundancy so that eroded, plugged, or malfunctioning
parts can be isolated without interrupting flow.
vi) In the event the capacity of the mud-gas separator is exceeded, the choke manifold is to
have the capability to divert flow to alternate locations for emergency discharge, such as
flare or discharge overboard (port and starboard), as applicable.
The minimum internal diameter for such routing downstream of the isolation valve is to be
127 mm (5.0 in.) internal diameter.
vii) The bleed line (bypassing the chokes), if installed, is to be at least equal to or greater than
the internal diameter to the choke line.
viii) The Joule-Thompson effects are to be considered in the design and material selections of
choke and kill manifold and downstream piping and associated components.
3.5.4 Mud-Gas Separator (Poor Boy)
i) Mud-gas separator is to be designed and manufactured in accordance with ASME Section
VIII Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
ii) Mud-gas separator is to be vented to the atmosphere through the vent line.
iii) Pressure relief valve or rupture disc is not considered necessary as the mud-gas separator is
vented to the atmosphere.
iv) Vent line is to be provided without any restriction.
v) Precautions are to be taken to prevent erosion at the point the drilling fluid and gas flow
impinges on the vessel wall.
vi) Design pressure of the mud-gas separator is to be determined by the vent line being filled
with mud at 2.2 SG, or the specified maximum mud weight.
vii) The vent line is to be sized and designed to minimize backpressure in order to assist with
separation of gas from the mud. As a minimum, the following guidelines are to be considered
for the design of the vent line:
• The maximum design backpressure in the vent line is to allow for the maximum
specified gas flow without gas breaking through the mud outlet liquid seal with the
design mud/condensate weight of 0.6 SG
• Heavier design mud/condensate S.G can be used with technical justifications in
accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide with Owner/Operator’s approval.
- Where heavier design mud is used, continuous injection of the heavy mud into
the liquid seal is required.
viii) Mud-gas separator is to be provided with a high level sensor (LSH) or equivalent for
notification of re-routing of flow from choke to overboard or alternate route. Alternate
arrangements for the LSH sensor will be specially considered by ABS.

ix) Mud-gas separator is to be equipped with provisions to prevent gas blow-by to the mud
condition equipment downstream of the mud-gas separator and for the notification of manual
or automatic re-routing of flow from choke for overboard discharge or to stop the flow.
These provisions are to be achieved by:
a) Pressure and temperature monitoring, and
b) Passive liquid seal:
1) Liquid seal is to be a minimum of 3 meters (9.84 ft) for general purpose
drilling operations.
2) For HPHT operations, the liquid seal is to be a minimum 6 meters (19.69 ft).
x) Provisions are to be provided for monitoring of liquid seals by:
a) Measuring the differential pressure at the liquid seal, or
b) Monitoring the mud-gas separator with a low-level sensor (LSL) or equivalent
for notifications to rig personnel to take corrective action to prevent gas blow-by.
xi) Mud-gas separator and liquid seal is to be equipped for easy clean out and drain at lowest
point. Drain line is to slope downward to prevent backflow.
xii) Sizing of the mud-gas separator is to be performed in accordance with SPE Paper No.
20430: Mud-Gas Separator Sizing and Evaluation.
xiii) Piping is to be in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of this Guide.
xiv) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
xv) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
3.5.5 Degasser
Degasser design and arrangements are to comply with the requirements of API RP 13C and the
additional requirements of this Guide.
i) Degasser is be designed and manufactured in accordance with ASME Section VIII Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code and Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
ii) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
ii) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
iv) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
v) Typically, the degasser is designed so that it can be operated under partial vacuum to assist
in removing the entrained gas.
vi) Provisions are to be incorporated to vent gas to the appropriate location.
vii) The degasser is to be placed as the first stage in the mud conditioning system to reduce
the possibility of gas breaking out of the drilling fluid in the mud treatment pits.
3.5.6 Mud Returns and Processing
The mud return system includes flowline, degasser, gumbo shaker, shale shaker, desilter and desander
(if installed), agitator, mud pit, mud tanks, pumps, mixing tanks, hoppers, volume measuring systems,
etc.
Mud return and processing systems, and associated equipment design and arrangements are to
comply with the requirements of API RP 13C and the additional requirement of this Guide.
i) The piping system design is to allow the returns from the flowlines to installed mud
conditioning equipment as listed above to the mud pit.
ii) The mud return system, associated equipment and piping systems are to be designed in
accordance with Subsection 3/17 and Section 5 of this Guide.

iii) Piping is to be in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of this Guide.

iv) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
v) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
3.5.7 Gas Vents
i) Vent lines from mud-gas separator (poor boy) are to extend a minimum of 4 m (13 ft)
above the crown block and to have a minimum nominal diameter of 250 DN (10″ NPS).
• For HPHT drilling operations, the vent lines are to have a minimum nominal diameter
of 300 DN (12” NPS).
ii) The vent line is to be as straight as possible, free of obstructions, and is to be sized and
arranged to minimize backpressure in the upstream equipment of the vent line.
iii) The vent line from the mud-gas separator is not to be interconnected to any other vent lines.
iv) Vent lines are to be routed to avoid low point and to be self-draining to avoid accumulation
of mud and to be sloped toward the mud-gas separator.
v) Vent line from liquid seal siphon breaker of the mud-gas separator is:
a) To be elevated at a minimum 10 meters (32.8 ft) above the mud-gas separator
b) To have a minimum internal diameter of 100 mm (4.0 in.)
c) To be as straight as possible, free of obstructions
d) Not to be interconnected to other vent lines
vi) Bypass lines to alternate locations from choke manifold, such as vent lines, flare or overboard
(port and starboard), as applicable, must be provided in case of malfunction or in the event
the capacity of the mud-gas separator is exceeded. These lines are not to be interconnected
to the diverter lines.
vii) Overboard lines (port or starboard) are to be directed for discharge in downwind directions
and away from the drilling facility. Routing along the diverter lines is preferred.
viii) Vent lines from degassers are to be:
a) Individual lines
b) As straight as possible
c) Free of obstructions
d) Free of “water traps”
e) Sized and arranged to minimize backpressure
f) Arranged to accommodate possible precipitation of fluid in the vent line
ix) The vent lines from the degasser must not be interconnected to any other vent lines.
3.5.8 Kill Unit
Typical components of the kill unit would include pumps, connecting piping from the kill unit and
cementing unit and drilling fluid manifold, pulsation dampeners and safety valves.
High-pressure kill unit (pump system) is to comply with the following requirements:
i) It is to be capable of pumping kill fluids at a pressure at least equal to the maximum
anticipated injection pressure that may be encountered during well killing operations.
ii) It is to consist of at least two (2) pumps with each pump being powered by either:
• Dedicated internal combustion engine, or
• Electrically powered – to be connected to a back-up power supply, independent of the
main power supply

iii) Pumps required to transfer drilling fluid from the mud pits to the high pressure kill
pumping system should also be connected to a back-up power supply, independent of the
main power supply.
iv) It is to be equipped to allow the equipment operator to monitor the pressure, flow rate,
and volume of the fluid being pumped.
v) Materials used for discharge manifold components on pumps designated as kill pumps are
to comply with 6/5.1 of this Guide regardless of minimum design temperature (MDT).
vi) Additional considerations to the kill unit are provided in 3/9.7 of this Guide.
vii) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
viii) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
ix) Piping systems and their components, and flexible lines are to be in accordance with
x) Materials used for well circulation systems and equipment are to be in accordance with
xi) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
3.5.9 Control Systems for Choke and Kill Equipment
i) The control systems and components (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, etc.)
are to comply with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide and are to be in compliance with applicable
codes and standards such as API Spec 16C, and API RP 53, and the additional requirements
of this Guide (see also 3/3.1.2).
ii) The choke control station, whether at the choke manifold or remote from the rig floor, is
to be easily accessible and is to include all monitors necessary to furnish an overview of
the well control situation.
iii) A minimum of one remote control station is to be away from the choke manifold and
protected to avoid any human and equipment hazards caused by leakage from the manifold,
valves or chokes.
iv) Any remotely operated valve and choke is to be equipped with emergency operation
provisions as required by API Spec 16C. Alternative power sources other than specified
in API Spec 16C can be utilized as long as the availability and redundancy of the system
is equivalent or better.
v) All remotely operated valves are to be provided with “open” and “close” indicators on the
control panel.
vi) Remotely operated valves that have alternative means of local control in an emergency are
to be provided with local markings to enable the operator to determine the valve positions.
vii) A choke position indicator showing the relative position of the choke trim or relative
orifice size as a percent of fully open is to be provided at the control panel.
viii) All manual chokes and valves are to be provided with local marking or indicators to enable
the operator to determine the valve positions, “open” or “closed”.
ix) Electronic pressure and temperature transmitters and analog gauges are to comply with
the requirements of API Spec 16C, as a minimum.
x) The instrumentation gauges and/or transmitter on the choke manifold are to be at a minimum:
a) Analog test pressure measurements are to be made at not less than 25% and not
more than 75% of the full pressure span.
b) Electronic pressure gauges and chart recorders, or data acquisition systems are to
be utilized within the manufacturer’s specified range.
xi) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.

3.7 Diverter System and Equipment

(1 September 2012) Typical components of the diverter system and equipment would include annular sealing
device (packer, housing), accumulators, diverter flex joint, overshot mandrel, overshot packers, overshot
spool, diverter test tool, vent outlets, valves, power unit and piping, control systems/consoles/panels.
The diverter equipment and arrangements are to be in compliance with the requirements of API RP 64,
API RP 53, API Spec 16D, and the additional requirements of this Guide.
3.7.1 Diverters
i) A diverter with a securing element for closing around the drill string in the wellbore or open
hole is to be provided when it is desired to divert wellbore fluids away from the rig floor.
ii) The diverter is to be equipped with two (2) 10 in. or larger lines that are to be piped to
opposite sides of the rig floor. Alternative arrangements will be specially considered with
justification in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
3.7.2 Diverter Valve Assembly
i) Valves in the discharge piping are to be of the full opening and full bore type.
ii) Valves and their actuators are to be sized to be capable of operating the diverter valve
under all design conditions.
iii) During the operational tests at the manufacturer’s plant, a full design differential pressure
opening test is to be carried out for each valve and actuator combination.
iv) The diverter valve assembly and a control system are to be designed to safely vent well
bore fluids at the surface or subsea.
3.7.3 Control Systems for Diverters
i) The diverter control systems and components (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-
hydraulic, etc.) are to comply with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide and are to be in compliance
with API RP 64, API RP 53 and API Spec 16D. This also includes response time,
volumetric capacity of the accumulator system, hydraulic reservoir, pump system sizing
and arrangements.
ii) (1 September 2012) Any remotely operated valve is to be equipped with an emergency
backup power source.
iii) The diverter system is to be controlled from two (2) locations; one is to be located near
the driller’s console/workstation and the other is to be located at an accessible location
away from the well activity area and reasonably protected from physical damage from
drilling activities on the drill floor. Both controls are to be arranged for ready operation by
the driller.
iv) The control systems are to have interlocks so that the diverter valve opens before the annular
element closes around the drill string.
v) When the diverter element close function is activated, the return flow to the mud system
is to be isolated.
vi) The range of diverter elements is to be suitable to seal on all sizes of drill string elements
on which the diverter is required to operate.
vii) A relief valve is required to prevent overpressurization of the diverter packer. If applicable,
the diverter system is to have an interlock system to prevent insert packer closure unless
the insert packer is installed and the insert packer lock-down dogs are energized.
viii) All valves are to be provided with “open” and “close” indicators.
ix) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.

3.7.4 Diverter Piping (1 September 2012)

i) Pipe size, arrangement and support is to be determined with due consideration given to
maximum pressure and maximum reaction loads, erosion resistance and the range of
temperatures likely to be encountered in service.
ii) Discharge pipes slope downward from the diverter valves.
iii) Piping is to run as straight as practicable. Where changes in direction cannot be avoided,
they are to be accomplished by employing targeted tees or elbows fitted with a doubler
plate on the outside radius or elbows with a radius of 20 times the diameter of the pipe.
iv) Flexible lines are to be avoided where possible. When this is not practicable, data is to be
submitted substantiating their suitability for the maximum pressure, maximum reaction
loads, fire-resistance, erosion resistance, expected range of temperatures, and their
compatibility to associated piping provided it is adequately supported and connected.
v) Suitable pipe supports in accordance with ASME B31.3.
vi) Diverter outlet is to be provided with extra heavy pipe schedule.
vii) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
viii) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
ix) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
3.9 Marine Drilling Riser Systems

See Subsection 3/5 of this Guide for specific requirements for marine drilling riser systems and associated
components.
3.11 Auxiliary Well Control Equipment

Auxiliary equipment includes the upper and lower kelly valves, drill pipe safety valves, IBOPs, drill string
float valves and kelly.
i) Auxiliary well control equipment, such as kelly valves, drill pipe safety valves, IBOP, drill string
float valves, are to be used in a rotary drilling system.
ii) For drilling installation using a top drive system, an automated or manual drill pipe safety valve
must be installed.
iii) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
iv) Auxiliary well control equipment is to be in compliance with API Spec 7-1, API RP 53, and
Section 5 of this Guide and the additional requirements of this Guide.
3.11.1 Kelly Valves
i) The drill string is to be equipped with two (2) kelly cocks, one of which is to be mounted
below the swivel (upper kelly cock), and the other at the bottom of the power swivel or
kelly (lower kelly cock).
ii) (1 September 2012) The lower kelly cock is a full-opening valve that backs up the upper
kelly cock. For surface BOP stack, the lower kelly cock is to be sized so that it can be run
through the blowout preventer stack.
iii) Testing of kelly cocks are to be performed bi-directionally and at a low and high pressure,
with the low pressure tests first.
3.11.2 Drill Pipe Safety Valves
i) A full-opening manual safety valve is to be available on the rig floor to be installed into
the drill string immediately in the event of a kick occurring during a trip.
ii) The wrench to operate the valve is to be readily accessible to the crew to perform this
operation.

3.11.3 Internal Blowout Preventer (IBOP)

i) An internal blowout preventer or IBOP is a back pressure or check valve that is to be
provided in the drill string.
ii) IBOP is spring-operated and is locked in the open position with a removable rod lock screw.
3.11.4 Drill String Float Valve
i) A float valve is to be installed just above the drill bit to protect the drill string from back
flow or inside blowouts.
ii) The two (2) most common types of floats are spring-operated piston (plunger) and flapper
types.
5 Marine Drilling Riser System

(1 September 2012) Typical subsystems and associated components of the marine drilling riser system
include the following:
• Riser tensioning system and equipment • Pup joints
• Riser recoil system • Buoyancy devices
• Riser joints • Ball and flex joints
• Riser couplings (connectors): • Riser running equipment
mechanical, hydraulic, etc.
• Special equipment, including fill-up valves, mud
• Telescopic joints boost system, drag reducing devices
The marine drilling riser system and associated components listed above are to be designed and fabricated in
accordance with applicable sections of API Spec 16R, API Spec 16F, API RP 16Q, API RP 2RD, API
Bull. 16J, and the additional requirements of this Guide.
5.1 Riser Tensioning System and Equipment

Typical components of the riser tensioning system would include accumulators, air/nitrogen compressors,
air/nitrogen dryers, control systems/consoles/panels, hydraulic cylinders, HPU, piping, pressure vessels,
tensioners, guideline, podline, wireline, sheaves for tensioners, telescopic arms, wire ropes, etc. The design of
these components is to be in accordance with the applicable sections of this Guide.
5.1.1 Component Specific Requirements
i) (1 September 2012) The riser tensioning system and associated components listed above
are to be designed and fabricated in accordance with applicable sections of API RP 2RD,
API Spec 16F, API RP 16Q and API Spec 16R, and the additional requirements of this
Guide.
ii) The manufacturer is to establish a rated capacity through appropriate design analysis and
prototype testing.
iii) (1 September 2012) Design analysis is to be submitted for review, showing that the drilling
riser system and all associated components will not be overstressed at the rated capacity,
either in axial loading, lateral loading or bending, overpressure at rated tensioning capacity
in specified design conditions.
iv) Load-carrying parts are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as applicable.
v) (1 September 2012) Locking mechanism is to be in accordance with design codes and
standards as referenced in 3/11.3.4 of this Guide.
vi) Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide.
vii) Piping and hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
viii) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.

5.1.2 Riser Recoil System (1 September 2012)

Riser recoil system is to be provided to protect personnel and prevent damage to the drilling unit
and to various equipment in the load path of the marine drilling riser system.
The riser recoil system is typically integrated with the riser tensioning system and its control
system by incorporating various control valves, sensors, hydraulic/pneumatic energy sources, and
computer-based control systems, etc.
The riser recoil system is to control the released energy in the EDS event or upon failure of the
marine drilling riser for all drilling operating conditions. This is to be achieved through the
following:
i) Design of the marine drilling riser recoil system is to consider emergency situations, such
as an EDS event, failure of marine drilling riser, etc. during all phases of drilling operations
such as deployment and retrieval modes, drilling, drifting, etc., as applicable.
ii) Riser recoil system is to complete an orderly and controlled shutdown of the riser tensioning
system to a predetermined safe position, regardless of the sea state or location of the
separation of the marine drilling riser.
iii) In the event of a separation at the bottom of the marine drilling riser, the riser tensioning
system is to retract the marine drilling riser such that vessel motions do not result in a
collision of the marine drilling riser with the BOP stack.
iv) Separation of the marine drilling riser near the tension ring, in the upper part of the
marine drilling riser will result in a fast-acting recoil which must be dissipated within the
available extension of the telescoping joint such that the drilling rig equipment cannot be
damaged.
5.1.3 Control Systems for Riser Tensioning System
i) The control systems and components are to be in accordance with the applicable sections
of this Guide.
ii) Provisions for load monitoring are to be provided for the riser tensioning system.
iii) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
iv) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
v) Any remotely-operated valve is to be equipped with an emergency backup power source.
5.3 Marine Drilling Riser Operating Envelope

Marine drilling riser operating envelope is to comply with the following requirements:
i) In order to provide a set of criteria for the drilling operation, an envelope of operating parameters
is to be established, preferably in the form of a chart. The chart is to clearly show the limits not to
be exceeded for each marine drilling riser type in use for any combination of applied loading
conditions and the anticipated environmental conditions.
ii) Where applicable, consideration is to be given to the limits on dynamically-positioned or turret-
moored drill ships and the heading change limitations imposed by the length of the choke and kill
lines, and restrictions with the slip joint fluid ring.
iii) The development of the chart is to take into consideration all applicable loading conditions, load
effects, mechanical stops or other limitations on the marine drilling riser system and any component
of the drilling riser.
iv) The drilling riser is to be designed so that the maximum stress intensity for the operating modes, as
described in API RP 16Q, is not to be exceeded.

v) The design limits or combination thereof for consideration in the design and structural analysis of
the drilling riser system are to consider, but not limited to:
• Maximum stress • Strain
• Maximum deflection or • Temperature
curvature
• Hydrostatic collapse
• Fatigue for service life
• Maximum loading on specific components
vi) The drilling riser loads and load effects are to be considered in the design and structural analysis
of the marine drilling riser system in conjunction with the design limits indicated above. The
marine drilling riser loads effects are categorized as follows:
• Functional, as applicable:
- Nominal top tension - Vessel constraints and/or offsets (DP, moored
installations, etc.)
- Internal pressure
- Internally run tools
- External hydrostatic pressure
- Installation
- Thermal
- Weight of riser
- Vortex-induced vibration (VIV)
- Weight of attachments and/or tubing
- Hang-off
- Weight of tubing contents and annulus fluid
- Inertia
(mud)
• Environmental, as applicable:
- Waves - Vessel motions (DP, moored installations, etc.)
- Wind - Seismic
- Current - Ice
• Accidental, as applicable:
- Small dropped objects - Partial loss of station keeping capability
- Normal handling impacts - Emergency disconnect
- Tensioner failure
5.5 Technical Requirements

Marine drilling riser system technical requirements are to comply with the following:
i) Marine drilling riser system is to be verified through global riser analysis.
ii) The design analyses of the individual marine drilling riser components are to be performed using
loads obtained from a global drilling riser analysis.
iii) The marine drilling riser system and components are to be evaluated for the design conditions and
service life criteria as indicated in 3/5.3 of this Guide.
iv) The individual components of the marine drilling riser system are to be adequately designed to
withstand stresses expected throughout the service life of the particular component. In design,
consideration is to be given to the maximum stress, fatigue damage, maximum deflection and
stability against column buckling.
v) The maximum permissible deflection of the drilling riser system is to be limited to that value
which would not cause interference with the passage of any downhole tools that would be used in
the different operating modes.
vi) The drilling riser running equipment, which includes the drilling riser running/handling tool, riser
spider, gimbal and shock absorber (if applicable) is to be designed and rated in accordance with
API Spec 8C and the additional requirements of this Guide.

vii) The mud boost system is to be provided with safety relief valves capable of protecting system
equipment with the lowest pressure rating, including the marine drilling riser.
viii) Riser make-up and break-out equipment and procedures are to be provided for ABS review.
5.7 Design Documentation

Design documentation is to include the reports, calculations, plans, manuals and other documentation necessary
to verify the global riser analysis and structural integrity of the individual riser components. Additional
documentation may be required based on the relative complexity of the marine drilling riser system or
relevant conditions in the geographic area of operation.
5.7.1 Reports
i) Reports are to fully describe the loads and resulting stresses for the global drilling riser
system, individual components, and the operating and environmental conditions that produce
those loads and/or restrict the ability of the drilling riser system to meet its designed function.
ii) The environmental reports are to be based on appropriate original data. Data from analogous
areas may be considered. The information contained therein is to include all environmental
phenomena that would affect the drilling riser system.
iii) Data presented is to include tables that summarize wave height vs. percentage of time,
wave height vs. direction, wave and overall current statistics for return periods of 1 year,
10 years and 50 years.
iv) Fatigue data is to be included.
v) Design air and water temperature ranges are to be specified and suitably accounted for
should their extreme values interfere with the operation of any system component.
5.7.2 System Calculations
i) Design analyses are to be submitted that clearly demonstrate the capability of the marine
drilling riser system to withstand the imposed loads for the intended operating envelope.
ii) The operating envelope defines the range of individual operating conditions for which the
drilling riser system is suitable and which also defines the boundaries for combinations of
operating conditions within the acceptable ranges of individual conditions (e.g., the
combination of offset, water depth, mud weight, etc.)
iii) Information to be clearly stated includes the following:
• Elevations of the components and riser joint types
• Riser section properties for each type of riser joint. This includes joint length, principal
tube dimensions, overall drag diameter, number of attached lines, buoyancy devices,
bare joint weight, total joint weight in air and water, material characteristics.
• Location and extent of any concentrated loads
• Details on the properties of the slip joint
• Details of ball/flex joints
5.7.3 Support Unit Reports
This report is to contain any information pertaining to the supporting unit that affects the marine
drilling riser system. Items to be included are unit response amplitude operators (RAOs), physical
layout of the drilling floor, derrick and pipe racks, and auxiliary lifting equipment.
5.7.4 Plans
Plans are to include arrangement plans, elevations and plan views clearly showing in sufficient
detail the overall configurations, dimensions and layout of the marine drilling riser system and all
of its components. Plans are to be submitted for each type of connector used in the drilling riser
system. See Subsection 2/7 of this Guide for additional details.

5.7.5 Other Data

This is to include information in support of novel features utilized in the marine drilling riser system.
Novel features will be specially considered by ABS with justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of
this Guide.
6 Conductor Tensioning System (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the conductor tensioning system equipment would include accumulators, control
systems/consoles/panels, hydraulic cylinders, HPU, piping, pressure vessels, sheaves, wire ropes, etc.
6.1 Conductor Tensioning System Equipment

The design of conductor tensioning system equipment and/or components is to be in accordance with the
applicable sections of this Guide.
i) Load-carrying parts are to be in accordance with design codes and standards as referenced in
3/11.3.4 of this Guide.
ii) Pressure vessels are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
iii) Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide.
iv) Piping and flexible lines/hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
v) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
vi) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
6.3 Control Systems for Conductor Tensioning System

i) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
ii) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
7 Drill String Compensation System

The drill string compensation system can be categorized as follows:
• Active heave compensation (AHC)
• Passive heave compensation (PHC)
7.1 Drill String Compensation Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the drill string compensation equipment, AHC and PHC, would include accumulators,
air/nitrogen compressors, air/nitrogen dryers, compensators, control systems/consoles/panels, hydraulic
cylinders, HPU, piping, pressure vessels, sheaves, wire ropes, etc.
Design plans and data are to include, but not limited to, as applicable:
i) Theory of operation is to be included in design plans and data
ii) The backup braking system
iii) Computer/control redundancy studies
iv) Fast and dead line compensation
v) Traveling hose integrity
The design of these equipment and/or components is to be in accordance with the applicable sections of
this Guide.

7.1.1 Component Specific Requirements

i) Load-carrying parts are to be in accordance with design codes and standards as referenced
in 3/11.3.4 of this Guide.
ii) Locking mechanism is to be in accordance with design codes and standards as referenced
in 3/11.3.4 of this Guide.
iii) If the locking mechanism is in the load path, it is to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this
Guide, as applicable.
iv) Pressure vessels are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
v) Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide.
vi) Piping and hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
vii) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
viii) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
7.1.2 Control Systems for Drill String Compensation
iii) Any remotely-operated valve is to be equipped with an emergency backup power source.
9 Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer Systems

The bulk storage, circulation and transfer system equipment can be categorized as follows:
• (1 September 2012) Bulk storage and transfer systems and equipment
• Cementing system and equipment
• Mud return (conditioning) system and equipment
• Well circulation system and equipment
• Mud-gas separator/Poorboy (see 3/3.5.4), and Degasser (see 3/3.5.5)
9.1 Bulk Storage and Transfer Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the bulk storage and transfer equipment would include bulk storage vessels, utility
air system, mixing station and transport or transfer piping.
i) Provisions are to be made so that utility air used to transport cement or bulk mud is dried to a
water dew point of at least 7°C (13°F) below the minimum ambient air temperature.
ii) All utility air piping is to be designed to be purged with dry air prior to transfer operations.
iii) The utility air transfer piping is to be fitted with relief valves set at a pressure not greater than the
working pressure of the bulk storage tanks.
iv) Bulk storage vessels are to be fitted with safety relief valves or rupture disks piped to a safe relief
area. Unless they are fitted with a relief line to an open area, the use of rupture disks is to be
limited to tanks installed in open areas.
v) A P&ID or equivalent schematic of the bulk transfer system is to be clearly posted at the operator
station to facilitate operation of the system during various bulk transfer operations.
vi) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide, as applicable.
vii) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
viii) Piping systems and their components are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.

ix) Materials used for bulk storage and transfer equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6 of
this Guide.
x) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
9.3 Cementing System and Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the cementing equipment would include cement pump, centrifugal pumps for mixing
cement, piping to and from cement pumps, pulsation dampeners and safety valves.
i) If the cement pumps are to be arranged to be capable of emergency well kill circulation, using the
drilling fluid transferred from the mud pits, then compliance with 3/3.5.8 is required.
ii) Cement pump installations or modifications to existing installations are to be subjected to ABS
review and approval.
iii) The interconnect lines between systems that are used only for emergency well kill circulation are
to be fitted with blind or spectacle flanges, lockable valves or similar devices that can be opened
as needed, but positively isolate the systems during normal operations. These flanges are to be clearly
identified and labeled on the P&ID, and corresponding flanges or valves are to be appropriately
identified and their function indicated.
iv) The cement manifold is to be rated to the ram-type BOPs pressure rating.
v) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
vi) Pressure-retaining equipment associated with cementing equipment is to be in accordance with the
requirements of Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
vii) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
viii) Piping systems and their components are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
ix) Materials used for cementing system and equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this
Guide.
x) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide.
9.5 Mud Return System and Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the mud return equipment would include agitators, chemical mixers, degassers,
desanders, desilters, centrifuges, mud pits, dump tanks, piping from degassers to burners or vents, piping of
mud return, shale shakers and trip tanks.
i) The mud circulating piping system is to be arranged so that the mud reconditioning system may be
run in a series with the degasser, desander, desilter and centrifuge so as to prevent mud from entering
other piping systems.
ii) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
iii) Pressure-retaining equipment associated with mud return equipment is to be in accordance with
the requirements of Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
iv) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
v) Piping systems and their components are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
vi) Materials used for mud return system and equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this
Guide.
vii) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
9.7 Well Circulation System and Equipment

Typical components of the well circulation equipment would include mud tank, mud pumps, charge pumps to
pipe, pipe to kelly (rotary hose), vibratory hoses, mud booster hoses, standpipe manifold, standpipe, standpipe
to kelly hose, gooseneck, top drive/ kelly, bottom-hole assembly (BHA), BHA to flowline, flowline to shale
shaker, degasser, desilter, desander.

High-pressure mud pumps are to be fitted with safety relief valves whose maximum setting is no higher
than the maximum allowable pressure of the system.
i) Relief lines from the mud system are to be self-draining.
ii) Where rupture disk type pressure relief devices are installed, rupture disks are to be certified to
meet a recognized standard and the disk assembly is to be subjected to survey in accordance with
the manufacturer’s specifications.
iii) Rotary hoses in the well circulation system are to be designed and constructed in accordance with
5/3.7 of this Guide and API Spec 7K.
iv) Piping systems and their components, and flexible lines are to be in accordance with Section 5 of
this Guide.
v) Materials used for well circulation systems and equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6
of this Guide.
vi) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
9.7.1 Mud-Gas Separator (Poor Boy), Degasser
See 3/3.5.4 and 3/3.5.5 of this Guide.
9.7.2 Mud, Cement and Kill Pumps (1 September 2012)
The cement, mud, and kill pumps specified in 3/9.3, 3/9.7, and 3/3.5.8, respectively, are to comply
with the following requirements:
i) Fluid ends, pressure-retaining components, and mechanical load-bearing components
including, but not limited to, gears, shafting, clevis linkages, gears of all types, keyways,
splines, etc., are to be in compliance with API Spec 7K or equivalent recognized standard,
and the additional requirements of this Guide.
ii) Materials and Welding/NDE used for major pressure-retaining equipment of the fluid
ends and mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with Section 6 and
Section 7 of this Guide, respectively.
iii) The fluid end and associated manifolds (suction and discharge) are to be hydrostatically
tested as required by Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
iv) Motor couplings and shafting are to comply with a recognized standard and be suitable
for intended service in terms of maximum power and minimum operating temperature.
v) The pumps are to be equipped with suitable vibration (pulsation) dampening devices.
vi) Installation of pulsation dampeners is not mandatory for cement pumps, when all of the
following conditions are met:
• Where cement can potentially plug the dampening devices,
• Fluid-ends, discharge piping, and supports are designed and installed to withstand
pressure pulsation and they are to be in accordance with recognized codes and standards,
and
• Intermittent duty.
vii) Discharge high pressure piping to comply with ASME B31.3, or equivalent recognized
standard, and Section 5 of this Guide.
viii) The prime movers (electric motor or diesel) are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/21
of this Guide.
ix) Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their
intended service in terms of maximum power rating, service life and minimum operating
temperature.

9.7.3 Control System for Well Circulation Equipment

iii) All valves are to be provided with “open” and “close” indicators.
11 Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating and Handling Systems

(1 September 2012) The hoisting, lifting, rotating and handling systems equipment can be categorized as
follows:
• Hoisting • Handling
- Derricks/Mast - BOP/Tubular (Pipe/Riser)
- Hoisting equipment/Drawwork • Rotary equipment
• Lifting • Miscellaneous equipment
11.1 Derricks/Masts
11.1.1 Recognized Codes and Standards
i) Except as provided below, the design and fabrication of drilling derricks/masts are to be in
accordance with API Spec 4F, the ABS MODU Rules, and the additional requirements of
this Guide.
ii) Alternatively, other recognized standards may be used when agreed to by ABS. When
alternate codes or standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to
demonstrate an equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide
and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, on a case-by-case basis.
iii) (1 September 2012) The following derrick/mast structural components are considered to
be primary load-bearing structures:
• Upper section: crown shaft, main crown beam, main top beams/water table beams
• Lower section: legs, “V” door beams, shoes, and girths above and attached to the “V”
door beams
• Main load path structural components
iv) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
v) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
vi) Complete Data Book, as specified in Annex A – A.3 SR3 of API Spec 4F, is to be provided
for Surveyor review.
11.1.2 Design Loads
For structural design of the derrick/mast, design loads, definition of forces and loads, and applicable
loading conditions are to be in accordance with API Spec 4F, and as specified below:
i) Structure failure consequences are to be categorized as medium or higher, as defined in
API Spec 4F for the Structural Safety Level (SSL).
ii) The derrick design is to consider both fixed and pinned boundary conditions.
iii) (1 December 2015) Upon request, ABS may allow a 20% increase in allowable stresses,
as provided in API Spec 4F. If so requested, appropriate supporting calculations are to be
submitted for review.

iv) (1 December 2015) The Owner/Operator is required to specify the geographic region of
operation, the static loads (dead weight, hook load, static rotary load, fluid load, setback
loads, etc.) and dynamic loads (inertial, dynamic amplification, erection, transportation, wind,
transit, motion, acceleration, seismic, etc.) on the derrick/mast, as required in API Spec
4F. Additionally, the following loads are also to be given consideration, where applicable:
a) The accumulation of ice and snow on a structure in increasing its dead load.
b) The wind-induced load is to be included in the design analysis of the derrick/mast
structure and is to consider the following, as applicable:
1) The use of wind speeds higher than those provided in API Spec 4F,
where required by the Owner/Operator, for regions not specified within
API Spec 4F, ISO 19901-1, or API Bull 2INT-MET.
2) The minimum wind velocity for unrestricted offshore service for all
normal drilling and transit conditions is not to be less than 36 m/s (70 knots),
as specified in 3-1-3/1.3 in the ABS MODU Rules. It should be noted
that wind velocities in the ABS MODU Rules are 1 minute average
velocities and therefore these are to be converted to 3 second gust velocities
for use in the structural analysis of the derrick.
• For host structures other than mobile offshore drilling units, such as
production unit or fixed structure, the transit conditions are to be in
compliance with ABS FPI Rules and ABS Facilities Rules.
3) For the ABS MODU Rules unrestricted service, the wind speed to be
considered in the Survival Case (no hook load or setback loads) is not to
be taken less than 51.4 m/sec (100 knots). It should be noted that wind
velocities in the ABS MODU Rules are 1 minute average velocities and
therefore these are to be converted to 3 second gust velocities for use in
the structural analysis of the derrick.
4) If only CDS notation is required, it is not mandatory to use wind velocity
higher than 51.4 m/sec (100 knots) for regional requirements as specified
in API Spec 4F, ISO 19901-1, or API Bull 2INT-MET, unless required
by Owner/Operator.
• When requested by Owner/Operator, higher wind velocity is to be
used in accordance with regional requirements as specified in API
Spec 4F, ISO 19901-1, or API Bull 2INT-MET.
5) When other static and/or dynamic loading conditions are proposed by
the Owner/Operator, technical justification in accordance with 1/7.7 of
this Guide is to be applied, on a case-by-case basis.
c) The use of a higher rated setback, where required by the operational demands of
the Owner/Operator.
d) Dynamic loading due to motion of the hull are to be provided, as specified below,
by the Owner/Operator or designer as specified in API Spec 4F for installation,
transit, operation, survival condition of the floating units, as applicable. The above
conditions are not to be less than those specified in the ABS MODU Rules, ABS
Steel Vessel Rules, ABS Facilities Rules, ABS Barge Rules, and ABS FPI Rules.
If information on the motion of the hull is unavailable, the following are to be used.
• Field Transit: 70 knots wind plus 6-degree single amplitude roll or pitch at
the natural period of the unit.
• Ocean Tow: 70 knot wind plus 15-degree single amplitude roll or pitch at a
10-second period.
It should be noted that wind velocities mentioned above are 1 minute average
velocities and they are to be converted to 3 second gust velocities to be used in
the structural analysis of the derrick.

1) For the calculation of dynamic loading induced by floating hull motion,

the vertical distance and the horizontal distance, where applicable,
between the center of flotation of the host drilling unit and the center of
gravity of the derrick are to be provided by the Owner/Operator to the
derrick designer and are to be used in the calculations.
2) The horizontal distance is to be considered in addition to the vertical
distance in the transit condition for self-elevating drilling units.
3) If motion analysis for floating structure is performed, the appropriate
acceleration data from the analysis are to be provided for ABS review.
11.1.3 Live Loads for Local Structure and Arrangements
i) The arrangement of members is to allow the free drainage of water from the structure.
ii) The following are the minimum vertical live loads that are to be considered in the design
of walkways:
• General Traffic Areas – 4,500 N/m2 (94 psf)
• Working Platforms – 9,000 N/m2 (188 psf)
• Storage Areas – 13,000 N/m2 (272 psf)
iii) (1 September 2012) It is to be noted that various national and international regulatory
bodies have requirements for the loading, arrangement and construction of local structure
such as guardrails, ladders and walkways. ABS will include in the scope of ABS approval,
based on these national and/or international regulatory requirements.
11.1.4 Allowable Stresses
i) To prevent excessive stresses in structural members and connections, or buckling, reference
is to be made to the allowable stress limits given in the AISC or other recognized standard.
ii) AISC permits a one-third increase in permissible stress for loading conditions that include
wind loads. Approval to increase AISC-specified stress limits by one-third is to be specially
approved for loading conditions which include loads resulting from wind speeds less than
36 m/sec. (70 knots).
iii) Where the one-third increase is granted, it is to be verified that higher stress levels would
not have resulted from a loading condition where the wind- and motion-induced loads
were ignored and the one-third increase not used. That is, a static hook load analysis is to
be performed without using the one-third increase in allowable stress.
iv) The extent to which fatigue has been considered in design is to be indicated in submitted
design documentation.
v) For allowable stresses in plate structures, refer to 3/11.1.5 of this Guide.
vi) (1 September 2012) Consideration is to be given in stress calculations to confirm that
maximum stress loads include “Jarring Procedures”.
11.1.5 Equivalent Stress Criteria for Plate Structures
i) For plate structures, members may be designed according to the Von Mises equivalent stress
criterion, where the equivalent stress, σeqv, defined as follows, is not to exceed Fy/F.S.
ii) The Factor of Safety (F.S.) will be specially considered when the stress components account
for surface stress due to lateral pressures.
σeqv, = σ x2 + σ y2 − σ x σ y + 3τ xy
2

where
σx = calculated in-plane stress in the x direction
σy = calculated in-plane stress in the y direction
τxy = calculated in-plane shear stress

Fy = manufacturer’s guaranteed minimum yield point
F.S. = 1.43 for static loading
1.11 for combined loading (includes dynamic loading)
11.1.6 Bolted Connections
i) Where bolted connections are used in the derrick, the design documentation, including
torqueing procedures, is to be submitted for ABS review.
ii) (1 September 2012) Bolted connections in the main load path such as on upper mast,
foundation, and crown, etc. are to be provided with a locking mechanism.
iii) (1 September 2012) Bolted connections which can cause fall hazards are to be provided
with secondary retention.
iv) Bolted connection designs are to consider the following:
• Fatigue
• Design loading in accordance with 3/11.1.2
• Allowable stress in accordance with AISC
v) Bolt torqueing procedures are to include, but not limited to, sequencing, torque loads, etc.
vi) Bolt materials are to be selected with consideration to stress corrosion cracking, fatigue,
marine environment, etc.
11.3 Hoisting Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the hoisting system would include the crown block with its support beams, traveling
block with its guide track and dolly, sheaves for the crown block and traveling block, deadline anchors,
drawworks, drilling hook, top drive, drilling line and sand line, drilling elevators and links, hydraulic cylinders
for overhead hoisting power swivel, bells, and rotary swivel, wire rope and hoisting equipment gears.
11.3.1 Drawworks
i) Drawworks are to be provided with primary and independent emergency braking systems.
Both braking systems are to be designed for full-rated load at rated speed.
ii) Drawworks emergency brakes are to be of a fail-safe design.
iii) Zone management principle is to be followed for all hoisting activity in order to provide
additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling activities.
Zone management consideration can be any one or combinations of the following:
• Markings • Proximity sensors
• Strobe light • Alarms
iv) Drawworks control is to be provided with deceleration parameters for upper and lower
limits for the traveling block/top drive to assist in stopping the load.
v) Drawworks construction is to comply with API Spec 7F for chains and sprockets.
vi) All mechanical load-bearing components are to be in compliance with API Spec 7K.
vii) The mechanical coupling between the drawworks drum and the electromagnetic brake is
to be provided with a system to prevent unintentional disengagement.

viii) Drawworks auxiliary brakes and all other electrical power and control systems are to be
suitable for the intended hazardous area.
ix) The diameter of auxiliary brake shafts is to be determined by the following equation:
d = 2.42 6
(bT ) 2 + (mM ) 2 mm d = 0.10 6
(bT ) 2 + (mM ) 2 in.
where
d = shaft diameter at section under consideration, mm (in.)
Y = yield strength (offset = 0.2%, ASTM E-8), kg/mm2 (psi)
b = 0.073 + (19.5/Y) for SI or MKS units
= 0.073 + (27,800/Y) for US units
m = 121/(42.2 + Y) for SI or MKS units
= 172,000/(60,000 + Y) for US units
T = torsional moment at rated speed, kg-cm (lb-in.)
M = bending moment at section under consideration, kg-cm (lb-in.)
x) For hydrodynamic brake systems, detailed drawings and supporting calculations proving
that the proposed braking system is as effective as other drawworks braking systems are
to be submitted for review.
xi) Electromagnetic dynamic brake systems are to be arranged to prevent inadvertent failure
of the drawworks to suspend the derrick overhead load.
xii) Electromagnetic systems are to include the following provisions:
a) Cooling water temperature and flow indicators and alarms for abnormal or upset
conditions.
b) An automatically activated emergency stop system capable of applying full braking
torque to stop and lower the full-rated load by the application of friction brake or
by connection of the electromagnetic brake to an alternative power supply
c) A system that monitors either electrical faults within the system or the kinetic energy
of the traveling block arranged to actuate the emergency stop system. Where a
fault monitoring system is provided, provisions are to include the following:
1) System must be provided with emergency power source.
2) Brake coil current
3) Monitors that initiate emergency stop upon detection of a preset brake
coil current or a brake coil current varying in proportion to the driller’s
control lever position
4) Brake coil leakage current detector
5) Audible and visual alarms at the driller’s control panel to indicate when
the limiting parameters of the auxiliary brake have been reached or when
the emergency stop system has been activated
6) In the case of AC motors using variable frequency drives for braking, an
abnormality in any of the connected drives is to alarm to the driller’s
control station.
d) A manual emergency stop button is to be installed within reach of the driller.
xiii) Drawwork designs, including drums and wire ropes, are to comply with the applicable
part of 3/11.5.2 of this Guide.
xiv) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.

xv) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
xvi) Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their
temperature.
xvii) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
xviii) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
xix) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
11.3.2 Power Swivels, Rotary Swivel, and Top Drives
i) Power swivels, rotary swivel and top drives are devices used to rotate the drill string other
than by means of the rotary table.
ii) Power swivels, rotary swivel and top drives are to be designed in compliance with API
Spec 8A or Spec 8C and the additional requirements of this Guide.
iii) Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with the requirements
of 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as applicable.
iv) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
v) Pressure-retaining equipment is to be in accordance with the applicable requirements of
Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
vi) Electrical equipment is to be in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 3/19 of this
Guide.
vii) Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their
temperature.
viii) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
ix) Materials for mechanical load-bearing or pressure-retaining equipment are to be in accordance
with the material traceability and toughness requirements of Section 6 of this Guide.
x) Welding and NDE are to be carried out in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as
applicable.
11.3.3 Safety Devices and Instrumentation
i) The hoisting equipment is to have a weight indicator installed and the display is to be easily
read from the driller’s console.
ii) Anti-crown collision/upper limits and lower limit safety devices are to be installed to prevent
the traveling block from contacting the crown block. These safety devices are to be designed
to be fail-safe.
iii) Testing intervals for the safety devices are to be agreed upon by the Owner/Operator, but
is not to be less frequent than as specified by the drawworks manufacturer.
iv) If override to the uppermost limit of travel is provided, it is to be part of the testing,
accordingly.
11.3.4 Hoisting Equipment Specific Requirements
i) Crown block, sheaves, traveling block, hook, tubular goods elevators and other overhead
hoisting equipment are to be designed in compliance with API Spec 8A or Spec 8C and
the additional requirements of this Guide.
ii) The results of the prototype load test if required in API Spec 8A or Spec 8C along with
design calculations for the component tested are to be submitted with the design specification
outlined in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide.
iii) Wire rope is to be designed in compliance with API Spec 9A or equivalent.

iv) Main load-bearing weld connections are to be full penetration. Where partial-penetration
welds are utilized, validation through design and fatigue analyses, manufacturing process
and procedure qualifications (WPS and PQR) are required.
v) Lighting fixtures and other equipment installed in the derrick are to be secured against
vibration to prevent falling.
vi) Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their
temperature.
vii) Materials for mechanical load-bearing or pressure-retaining equipment are to be in accordance
with the material traceability and toughness requirements of Section 6 of this Guide.
viii) Welding and NDE are to be carried out in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as
applicable.
11.5 Lifting Equipment

(1 September 2012) Typical lifting equipment are cranes (gantry, king post, knuckle boom, bridge racker),
base-mounted winches, personnel handling devices, specialized automated handling equipment for lifting
purpose, etc., that are used for pipe handling, riser handling, LMRP handling, BOP handling, and for other
lifting activities associated with drilling operations.
11.5.1 Cranes (1 September 2012)
i) Cranes are to be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with the requirements of
API Spec 2C or the ABS Lifting Appliances Guide.
ii) When alternate codes or standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided
to demonstrate an equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide
and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, on a case-by-case basis.
iii) Design loads of the crane winches are to be the maximum line pull based on the design
loading or the load created by dynamic braking, in accordance with the above design code.
In either case, the distribution of loading from the reeving system is to be taken into account.
iv) Allowable stresses are to be in accordance with AISC or other recognized standard.
v) Drums and brakes are to be in accordance with API Spec 2C or the ABS Lifting Appliances
Guide.
vi) Wire ropes are to be in accordance with API Spec 9A or equivalent.
vii) Design loads of the crane cylinders are to be the loads applied by the crane boom(s), in
accordance with the design code. Allowable stresses or minimum scantlings are to be in
accordance with ABS Rules or other recognized standard.
viii) Design loading for crane accumulators and crane piping systems is the resultant pressure
as a result of the design loadings from the design code.
ix) Zone management principle is to be followed for all lifting activity in order to provide
additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling activities. See
3/11.3.1iii).
x) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
xi) Pressure vessels are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
xii) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
xiii) Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their
temperature.
xiv) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
xv) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
xvi) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.

11.5.2 Base-mounted Winches and other Lifting Devices

11.5.2(a) Design Loads. Design loads considered in the design analyses are to include, as
appropriate, the following:
• Recommended single line pull at specified speed, drum size and layers of wire rope
• Maximum load created by dynamic braking
• Dynamics created by drilling unit motion (where applicable)
• (1 September 2012) Where the final elevation of the load being lifting is higher than the winch
elevation, the designer is to consider that the weight of active line towards winch is not to
exceed the dead load.
11.5.2(b) Design Standards and Factors of Safety.
i) Bases and other structural steel components are to be designed in accordance with AISC
or other recognized standard. Allowable stress for bending, tension, shear and buckling
are to be as specified herein.
ii) Factors of safety and critical ratios for wire rope, drums, shafts and other parts are as follows:
• (1 September 2012) Wire rope for lifting application is to be rated in accordance with
API Spec 9A or equivalent.
• Load-carrying member allowable stress is to be no greater than the following:
F = Fcr/1.25 for flat members
= Fcr/1.55 for curved members
Fa = Fy/1.33 Fy/Fu < 0.7
Fa = (Fy + Fu)/3.25 Fy/Fu > 0.7
Fs = 0.577Fa
where
Fa = allowable stress in tension or compression
F = allowable stress for buckling
Fs = allowable shear stress
Fy = material yield stress
Fu = material ultimate stress
Fcr = critical buckling stress
iii) In addition, any combined stresses are not to exceed Fa.
11.5.2(c) Materials and Fabrication.
i) All mechanical parts where failure could terminate the load-carrying capabilities of the
systems are to be made of steel.
ii) Use of ductile iron for gears and drum and the use of aluminum for fabrication will be
specially considered.
iii) (1 September 2012) Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be
suitable for their intended service in terms of maximum power rating, service life and
minimum operating temperature.
iv) (1 September 2012) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
v) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide, as applicable.
vi) Welding, heat treatment and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as
applicable.

11.5.2(d) Drums.
i) The drum capacity is to accommodate the recommended rope size and length necessary to
perform the function required for the load-handling equipment.
ii) Plain or grooved drums will normally be considered acceptable, provided no less than five
(5) full wraps of rope remain on the drum with the load in its lowest possible position. Other
design specifications/standards will be subject to special consideration based on calculations
submitted to ABS.
iii) Each drum end of the rope is to be anchored by a clamp attached to the drum, or by a
socket arrangement approved by the hoist or rope manufacturer, providing for attachment
of rope to the drum.
iv) The outermost wrap layer of a wire rope in any load case must be at least two rope
diameters below the edge of the drum flange.
v) The diameter of the drum is to provide first layer rope pitch diameter of not less than 18
times the nominal diameter of the rope used.
vi) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide, as applicable.
vii) Welding, heat treatment and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as
applicable.
11.5.2(e) Wire Ropes.
i) (1 September 2012) Wire ropes are to be constructed in accordance with a recognized standard
applicable to the intended service, such as API Spec 9A or equivalent.
ii) Usage records such as ton-mile records are to be maintained and wire rope changed out in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
iii) Wire ropes used in non-manriding applications are to be replaced if damage exceeds
manufacturer’s specifications for their rated capacity or if damage could affect smooth
passage through sheaves.
11.5.2(f) Brakes.
i) A power control braking means such as regenerative, dynamic, counter torque breaking,
controlled lowering or a mechanically-controlled braking means are to be provided and
are to be capable of maintaining controlled lowering speeds.
ii) Brakes are to set automatically upon loss of power or when the winch lever is returned to
neutral.
iii) Brakes are to have the ability to stop and hold 100% of the design load with the outermost
layer of wire on the drum.
iv) Thermal capacity of the brakes as outlined in the manufacturer’s ratings or charts is to be
suitable for the intended services.
v) Brake linings containing asbestos material are not to be used.
vi) Documentation and calculations for the braking effect of the AC motors are to be submitted
when they are the only backup system to the disc brakes.
11.5.3 Personnel Lifting Devices (1 September 2012)
11.5.3(a) Personnel Elevators. Personnel elevators used for access from/to the drilling areas are to
comply with Chapter 5 of the ABS Lifting Appliances Guide. Alternative design codes and standards
will be specially considered by ABS with justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
11.5.3(b) Personnel Baskets. Personnel baskets also known as maintenance or service baskets are
intended for lifting of personnel for access to work positions. Personnel baskets can be attached to
other lifting equipment or can be a dedicated assembled unit (basket and lifting machinery).

i) Structural and mechanical components are to comply with the ABS Lifting Appliances
Guide, for personnel rating.
Alternative design codes and standards will be specially considered by ABS with justifications
in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
ii) A SWL is to be specified for the personnel basket, considering all applicable static and
dynamic loads for intended service.
iii) The personnel basket is to be marked with the SWL and the maximum number of personnel
it is designed to carry.
iv) The dimensional sizing of the personnel basket is to be based on the maximum number of
personnel and working tools in the basket.
• For personnel basket dimensioning including working tools, guidance is provided in
the ABS Guidance Notes for the Application of Ergonomics to Marine Systems.
v) The designer/manufacturer is to perform an FMEA of the assembled system, with
consideration to the principal load-carrying components, torque transmitting, mechanical
components in the load path, control system, HPU, power supply, etc.
vi) Safety principle of personnel basket system is to have positive load control at all times in
order to prevent free-fall of basket upon failure and/or malfunction of system/component
and/or their control system.
vii) All load control systems/mechanisms (e.g., brake, hydraulic cylinder, system etc.) are to
be fail-safe in order to satisfy the safety principle of 3/11.5.3(b)vi).
viii) Provision is to be made for emergency stop of the basket operations by the operator(s) at
the control station in the personnel basket, at a remote control station and/or at any other
control station, as applicable.
ix) All slewing arrangements are to be provided with fail-safe system to have positive swing
control all time.
x) Control levers for personnel basket control systems are to return automatically to their
center (neutral) positions upon release.
xi) Brake is to be automatically engaged when the control lever is returned to the neutral position.
xii) All brakes shall be designed to stop and hold the personnel basket at all operating speeds
and configurations.
xiii) The personnel basket is to be provided with anchorage point for attachment of personnel
fall protection lanyards.
xiv) The access gate on a personnel basket, including sliding or folding types, if installed, is to
have a positive-acting device to restrain the gate from accidental opening. Swinging type
access gates are to open only to the interior of the personnel basket.
xv) Provision is to be made for retracting and retrieving of personnel in case of emergency.
xvi) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
xvii) Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide.
xviii) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide and the
ABS MODU Rules.
xix) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
xx) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide and the ABS MODU Rules.
xxi) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.

11.5.3(c) Manriding Winches. Manriding winches are to comply with the general requirements
of this section. In addition, the following minimum criteria are to be complied with:
i) The personnel rated load is to be no greater than 20% of the load calculated in accordance
with 3/11.5.2 of this Guide.
ii) The winch operating lever is to automatically return to neutral upon release from any
position. All positions are to be clearly marked as to their intended function.
iii) Regardless of ton-miles, wire ropes used in manriding applications are to be replaced if
kinks, rust, flattening, strand breakage or other physical damage is visible.
iv) All brakes are to be fail-safe.
v) Brakes are to set automatically upon loss of power or when the winch lever is returned to
neutral.
vi) A secondary brake is to be provided to prevent the load from falling in the event of failure
of the primary automatic brake.
vii) A clutch capable of disengaging is not to be fitted.
viii) Devices are to be fitted to prevent the winch from overriding or underriding, and a secondary
means of lowering personnel is to be provided in case of winch or power failure.
ix) Wire rope for personnel lifting devices is to be in accordance with API Spec 9A or equivalent.
x) Setting of upper limit is to provide at least a vertical clearance of six (6) feet from the
upper block, and the lower limit is to be set so that the winch cannot be operated with
number of wraps less than specified in 3/11.5.2(d) of this Guide.
xi) All winches are to be identified as “Manrider Only” and marked with their SWL.
xii) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
xiii) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
11.5.4 Lifting Attachments: Anchor Points and Pad Eyes (1 September 2012)
i) Design loads and allowable stresses for lifting attachment are to be for offshore applications
in accordance with the requirements of API RP 2A WSD or specified design code and
standard.
ii) Lifting attachments are to be free from stress concentration points (e.g., geometric
discontinuities, sharp weld edges, etc.).
iii) ABS approval of lifting attachments, including the connection/attachment to the structure,
is based on their functional criteria, as follows, and testing in accordance with “Lifting
Attachments” in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide:
ABS Load
Functional Criteria
Review Testing
a) Anchor points installed on derrick, mast, cranes, gantry, structural frames, X X
etc., used for various operations such as lifting, slewing, rigging, deployment,
retrieval, maintenance, etc., with designated safe working load (SWL).
b) Lifting attachments installed on equipment used for routine operations such X X
as lifting, moving, deployment, retrieval, maintenance, etc., with designated
working load or SWL.
c) Manriding purpose with designated safe SWL. X X
d) Sea-fastening anchor points for drilling unit transit with no designated SWL. X NA
e) Anchor points used for secondary retention with no designated SWL and X NA
SWL > 0.25 MT.
f) Temporary lifting attachments used during manufacturing, construction, NA NA
installation, etc., with no designated SWL.

11.5.5 Safety Devices and Instrumentation (1 September 2012)

i) All winches are to be marked with the maximum permissible load allowed for the winch
and its system components.
ii) Where pneumatic winches are provided:
a) The air supply lines are to be sized to operate the winch at safe working loads
(SWL).
b) Isolation provision is to be provided for each winch at flexible connection.
c) Motor exhaust is to be vented to a point where it will not present hazard to personnel
and noise reduction devices are to be provided.
iii) An air regulator and pressure relief valve, located upstream of the non-return valves, are
to be provided to limit air supply pressure to the winch, and the supply lines serving the
winches are to be fitted with appropriate non-return valves and water separators/filters
before the operating valves.
11.7 Handling Equipment (1 September 2012)

11.7.1 BOP Handling Equipment
Typical components of the BOP handling equipment would include horizontal BOP/X-mas tree
transporter/skidders, seafixing, bulkhead guiding, handling cranes, etc.
i) BOP handling equipment is to be designed with consideration of loads, inertia, stability,
pulling requirements, etc.
ii) Zone management principle is to be followed for all BOP handling activity in order to provide
additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling activities.
See 3/11.3.1iii).
iii) Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4, as
applicable, of this Guide.
v) Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide.
vi) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide and the
ABS MODU Rules.
vii) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
viii) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide and the ABS MODU Rules.
11.7.2 Tubulars Handling Equipment
Typical components of the tubular handling equipment would include elevators, finger boards,
pipe racking, racking arms, stabbing boards, iron roughnecks, cranes, winches, and wire ropes, or
any other handling devices used to aid in the transfer of drilling tubulars and marine drilling riser
between the rotary table and storage areas.
i) The drilling rig is to be equipped with hydraulic, pneumatic or mechanical equipment
capable of lifting, transporting, suspending the drill pipe in the pipe rack, and making up
or breaking out the drilling pipe.
ii) Zone management principle is to be followed for all tubular handling activity in order to
provide additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling
activities. See 3/11.3.1iii).
iii) All drill pipes, collars, tubing and casing that may be racked in the derrick are to have
provisions to be secured in place.

iv) All storage racks are to be designed to prevent drill collars, pipe and other tubulars from
being unintentionally released from the rack.
v) Foundations and storage racks are to be designed to withstand the maximum anticipated
setback load of the racked pipe, drill collars and other intended loads.
vi) Storage racks are to be provided with appropriate drip pans and drains to direct mud and
other liquids to appropriate drain system.
vii) Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this
Guide, as applicable.
viii) Cranes and winches are to be in accordance with 3/11.5 of this Guide.
ix) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
x) Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide.
xi) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
11.7.3 Casing Stabbing Boards
11.7.3(a) Rails, Masts, Guides and Runners.
i) The rails and masts supporting the casing stabbing board are to be securely attached to their
supports, designed so that they are unable to open under operating conditions and capable
of supporting the casing stabbing board in the event of the operation of the safety gear.
ii) The guides and runners are to be designed so that in the event of a roller or wheel failure,
the platform cannot become detached from the mast.
iii) Plates that are capable of supporting the weight of the fully loaded platform are to be
fitted at the bottom of the rail.
iv) Upper and lower limits are to be provided and tested before use.
v) A minimum of two safety harness attachment points must be provided.
11.7.3(b) Controls and Safety.
i) The controls are to be arranged to stop the platform if the raising and lowering handle is
released.
ii) Two (2) independent locking devices are to be provided. One (1) locking device is to be
engaged when the lifting handle is in neutral and the second is to engage upon failure of
the hoisting system.
iii) Fail-safe upper and lower limit switches are to be provided, as applicable.
iv) All platforms are to be fitted with sufficient anchoring points for safety harnesses.
v) A non-slip surface is to be provided on the platform, and adequate handrails, midrails and
toe-plates are to be provided in accordance with Section 5-3-1 of the ABS MODU Rules.
vi) The platform is to be fitted with a lock latch mechanism that secures it when it is not in
motion.
vii) Additionally, adequate safety gear of the progressive type is to be provided, and designed
so that it will be engaged within free fall conditions.
viii) Where two-point operation is used, the operator station in the basket is to override the remote.
ix) A safety override at the remote station is to be installed for use in the event that the work-
performing personnel are incapacitated.

11.7.3(c) Raising and Lowering

i) Lifting is to be arranged for both raising and lowering of the platform. The arrangement is
not to be such that it is possible to lower the platform by brake only.
ii) Means of lowering the man to the drill floor must be provided that will function in case of
failure of the normal lifting mechanism.
iii) A speed-controlling device is to be provided which is designed to prevent the raising and
lowering of the platform at speeds in excess of the tripping speed.
iv) The factor of safety for rope or chain is not to be less than 10:1.
v) If rack and pinion systems are used, they are to be designed so that the failure of either a
rack or pinion will not cause the platform to fall.
vi) The lifting system is to incorporate sufficient rope so that there are at least five (5) full
turns of rope remaining on the winding drum when the platform is at its maximum level.
vii) The equipment associated with the operation of the casing stabbing board is to be securely
anchored to the derrick structure.
viii) The anchorages for rope or chain are to be designed such that they will not be adversely
affected by corrosion.
11.9 Rotary Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the rotary equipment would include master bushing and the rotary table, including
its skid adapters and driving unit. The rotary table and its components are to comply with the following
requirements, as applicable:
i) All mechanical load-bearing components are to be in compliance with API Spec 7K.
ii) Load-bearing beams are to be in accordance with 3-2-2/5 of the ABS MODU Rules and the
requirements for structural materials in Section 6 of this Guide.
iii) The rotary table transmission and associated motor couplings and shafting are to comply with a
recognized standard and be suitable for the intended service in terms of maximum power and minimum
operating temperature.
v) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
vi) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
vii) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
viii) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
11.11 Miscellaneous Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components that can be categorized under miscellaneous equipment in the drilling system could
include manual tongs, power slips, tongs, catwalk, mechanical mousehole and any other handling devices
used to aid in the transfer of drilling tubulars and marine drilling riser between the rotary table and storage
areas.
i) All tongs are to be capable of being securely attached to the derrick mast or back-up post and anchored
by appropriate means such as a wire rope line or stiff arm that will have a breaking strength greater
than the force exerted by the tongs.
ii) Safety lines on tongs are to be positioned in such a manner that the tongs cannot rotate beyond
anticipated limits.
iii) Power tong pressure systems are to be equipped with safety relief valves that are to be set no higher
than the maximum working pressure of the system.

iv) Safety cables attached to kelly hose, tongs and other suspended equipment are to be properly secured
to prevent their breaking loose in the event of a connection failure.
v) Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as
applicable.
vi) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
vii) Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide.
viii) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide and the ABS MODU
Rules.
ix) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
x) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide and the ABS MODU Rules.
xi) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable
13 Classified Areas
Classified areas are to be in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules, API RP 500 or API RP 505 and
consideration given to the following:
i) Hatches, companionways and ventilators within ten feet of classified areas are to be secured gas
tight for the duration of the test program.
ii) Electrical equipment within classified areas is to be suitable for the hazard or de-energized.
iii) (1 September 2012) Areas around valves, socket hammer unions, and articulated piping are to be
designated as Class 1 Division 2 (Zone 2) for a distance of 1 m. (3 ft).
iv) (1 December 2015) Fired heaters and diesel driven machinery are to have air intakes located at
least ten (10) feet from any classified area.
v) Exhausts are to be equipped with spark arresting devices and are to discharge outside classified areas.
15 Control Systems
15.1 Control Systems

15.1.1 Control System – General (1 September 2012)
A control system is an assembly of devices interconnected or otherwise coordinated to convey the
command or order. Control system can be hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, acoustic,
etc., or combination thereof.
The requirements below are to apply to well control systems, drilling systems and control systems
covered by this Guide.
i) The control system (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, acoustic, etc.) is to
be designed where no single control system component failure is to lead to a failure of the
controlled system or loss of control.
ii) FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis is to be conducted to demonstrate compliance with
the above design principles. See 2/5.9 of this Guide.
a) Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA). An FMEA is to be used to determine
that any component failure will not result in the complete loss of control, the
shutdown of the system or equipment being controlled, or other unsafe situation.
Note: Shutdown of the system or equipment being controlled may be permitted, provided
such shutdown does not lead to an unsafe situation.
b) Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA). An FMECA is an
extension of the FMEA to include a criticality analysis that is used to identify the
probability of failure modes against the severity of their consequences.

iii) Transfer between control stations is to comply with the following requirements:
a) Transfer between control stations only applies to drilling control systems and
does not apply to BOP, EDS, choke and kill, and diverter control systems.
b) Transfers between control stations are to comply with the following:
1) When control of the system or equipment is possible from more than one
control location, control is to be possible only from one control location
at a time.
2) Clear method to transfer control between stations is to be provided.
3) At each control location, there is to be an indicator showing which location
is in control.
iv) Maximum control system voltages: 250 VAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz or 250 VDC is to be the
highest voltage in any of the control system panels.
v) Visual and audible alarms are to be provided to indicate an alarm condition of a monitored
parameter.
vi) Control panels are to be clearly labeled.
15.1.2 Logic Circuit Features
Logic circuit is to comply with the following principles:
i) When logic circuits are used for sequential startup or for operating individual components,
indicators are to be provided at the control console to show the successful completion of the
sequence of operations by the logic circuit and start-up and operation of the component. If
some particular step is not carried out during the sequence, the sequence is to stop at this point.
ii) Manual override is to be fitted in vital functions to permit control in the case of failure of
a logic circuit.
15.3 Control Systems for Well Control Equipment (1 September 2012)

Control systems for well control include the BOP, EDS, choke and kill and diverter control systems, as
applicable. These control systems are to comply with the following requirements:
i) The control system (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, acoustic, etc.) is to be designed
where no single control system component failure is to lead to a failure of the controlled system, loss
of control or loss of well control.
ii) The control system and components are to be in compliance with API Spec 16C, API Spec 16D
and with applicable recommended practices such as API RP 53, API RP 59, and API RP 64.
iii) See 3/3.1.2, 3/3.5.9 and 3/3.7.3 of this Guide for control system requirements for individual well
control systems and/or equipment.
iv) Computer-based control systems for well control are to comply with the requirements for control
systems for well control equipment in 3/15.3 of this Guide and the requirements for computer-based
system in 3/15.5.2 of this Guide.
v) Computer-based control systems for BOPs are to also comply with the following additional
requirements:
• Redundant processor, memory, and networks
• Local and remote I/O modules are to fail in a predetermined fashion when there is loss of
communications with the processor.
• Input and Output channels are to be diagnostic type, where the program will read the diagnostic
status of the I/O and perform safe actions. The program is to notify the operator if a channel
fails

vi) Alternative arrangements can be specially considered for surface BOPs, instead of redundant
components, provided it can be demonstrated that the computer-based control system complies
with the single control system component failure principle indicated in 3/15.3i) of the Guide.
For example, an arrangement with a single processor does not appear to comply. However, an
arrangement with a single processor along with additional arrangements that address the possible
single control system component failure concept can be specially considered. This special
consideration is subject to ABS review of the supporting documentation
vii) FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis is to be conducted to determine compliance with the design
principles of Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, and 3/15.3 of this Guide.
• The “Note” of 3/15.1.1ii)a) is not applicable to control systems for well control equipment.
viii) The control systems are to be provided with additional measures to prevent accidental disconnection
of the wellhead connector, the LMRP connector or the riser connector, such as two-hand function,
two-step action, protective cover or equivalent.
ix) For BOP control systems where functions are executed manually, only visual indicators are required.
15.5 Electrical Control Systems and Computer-Based Systems (1 September 2012)

15.5.1 Electrical Control Systems
Electrical control systems are to comply with 4-9-2/3.1 and 4-9-2/7 (except 4-9-2/3.1.5) of the
ABS Steel Vessel Rules. For general definitions, 4-9-1/5 of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules may be
used, as applicable.
15.5.2 Computer-based Systems
A computer-based system is a system of one or more microprocessors, associated software, peripherals
and interfaces. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC), Distributed Control Systems (DCS), PC
or server-based computation systems are examples of computer-based systems.
Computer-based systems are to comply with the requirements of 3/15.5.1 of this Guide and 4-9-3/5
(except 4-9-3/5.1.7 and 4-9-3/5.1.8) of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules.
In addition, computer-based systems are to comply with the following:
15.5.2(a) Fail Safe. Computer-based systems are to be designed such that any of the system’s
components will not cause unsafe operation of the system or equipment being controlled.
15.5.2(b) FMEA, FMECA
i) Additional detailed FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis is to be conducted for the
computer-based systems covering all components to determine compliance with the design
principles of Subsection 3/15.1 and 3/15.5 of this Guide.
ii) If the computer-based control system is for well control, the detailed FMEA, FMECA or
similar analysis is to be conducted for the computer-based systems covering all components
to determine compliance with the design principles of Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, 3/15.3 and
3/15.5 of this Guide.
15.5.2(c) Safety Integrity
i) When computer-based systems have safety-related control functions and the associated
failure modes identified in the FMEA/FMECA result in an undesirable situation, special
consideration may be given, provided the appropriate level of safety integrity has been
provided.
ii) The appropriate level is to be determined by the application of a recognized industry
standard, such as the IEC 61508 Series or the ANSI/ISA 84 Series.
iii) Further, documentation in accordance with the relevant industry standard is to be submitted
for review to justify the appropriate safety integrity levels.

15.7 Safety Systems – Equipment (1 September 2012)

Systems are to comply with the following requirements:
i) Means are to be provided to indicate the cause of the safety action.
ii) Alarms are to be given at each control location, including any local manual control positions when
the system performs a safety action.
iii) Drilling systems or equipment shut down by a safety action is to be designed not to restart
automatically, unless first actuated by a manual reset.
iv) All shutdowns are to be executed in a predetermined logical manner, as specified in the “shutdown
logic” and/or “shutdown cause and effect charts”, and are to execute actions to:
• Limit the severity of the incident
• Protect personnel
• Limit environmental impact
v) Shutdown systems are not to result in adverse cascading effects,
vi) The shutdown systems are to be designed such that when a shutdown is activated, any ongoing
operations can be terminated without leading to an unsafe situation.
17 Pressure-Retaining Equipment (1 September 2012)
17.1 Pressure Vessels

Pressure vessels are considered to be accumulators, heat exchangers, pulsation dampeners, separators (oil/gas),
mud-gas separators, and degassers.
i) Pressure vessels are to be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII Div. 1 or Div. 2. Alternative design codes and standards will
be specially considered by ABS with justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
ii) Pressure vessels utilized in drilling systems are to be submitted for ABS approval in accordance
with 6-1-5/1.1 of the ABS MODU Rules.
iii) For the purpose of specifying the degree of survey and testing during the ABS approval process,
pressure vessels are to be categorized in accordance with 6-1-5/Table 3 of the ABS MODU Rules,
and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
iv) Well test oil/gas separators are to be in accordance with the requirements of API Spec 12J.
v) The design is also to be such that stresses due to acceleration forces arising out of the motion of
the installation, stresses due to external nozzle loads and moments, and stresses due to any other
applicable external forces, such as winds, are within the limits allowed by the design code.
vi) All pressure vessels, accumulators, heat exchangers, and separators are to be suitably supported
and properly secured to skid structure or rig floor.
vii) Materials of manufacturing for pressure vessels are to be in accordance with the specified design
code and Section 6 of this Guide, and appropriately selected for the intended service.
viii) Welding and NDE for pressure vessels are to be in accordance with the specified design code and

17.3 Hydraulic Cylinders

Hydraulic cylinders are to comply with the following requirements:
i) Design and manufacturing are to be based upon the strength criteria of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code Section VIII Div. 1 or Div. 2, National Fluid Power Association or other recognized
standards.
ii) Hydraulic cylinders in critical load path and/or applications are to be submitted for ABS approval
in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
iii) Hydraulic cylinders that are part of overhead lifting or hoisting equipment are to meet 3/11.3.4 of
this Guide, as applicable.
iv) Materials of manufacturing for hydraulic cylinders are to be in accordance with the specified
design code and Section 6 of this Guide, and appropriately selected for the intended service.
v) Welding and NDE for hydraulic cylinders are to be in accordance with the specified design code
and Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
19 Electrical Systems and Equipment

Electrical systems and equipment are to comply with the ABS MODU Rules and are to comply with API
RP 14F or API RP 14FZ.
i) (1 September 2012) Compliance with industry standards, such as the following, will be specially
considered:
• API RP 500 • IEEE Std. 45
• IEC 61892 • NFPA 70
• IEEE C37.06.1 • NFPA 496
• IEEE C37.20.6
ii) ABS is prepared to consider other industry standards and practices for electrical equipment, on a
case-by-case basis, with justifications through novel features and/or comparative analyses to be
provided to demonstrate equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this
Guide, performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
iii) All electrical components are to be designed to meet safe operating conditions by accounting for
maximum and minimum temperatures and vibrations expected during service.
iv) Electrical equipment installed in a hazardous area is to be certified by an independent testing laboratory
as suitable for the intended hazard.
21 Rotating Machinery (1 September 2012)
21.1 Internal Combustion Engines

Internal combustion engines are to comply with the following requirements:
i) Engines are to be in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules.
ii) Engines’ installations are to be in accordance with NFPA Std. No. 37.
iii) The recommended service applications together with curves showing the recommended maximum
standard brake horsepower within the recommended speed range for each service are to be submitted.
iv) Testing is to be performed under an approved quality assurance program or in the presence of the
Surveyor, and the test report/data is to be included in the manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance.

21.3 Rotating Electrical Machinery

Electrical machinery (rotating) are to comply with the following requirements:
i) All rotating machines (if any) 100 kW (135 hp) and above are to be of an ABS-approved design in
accordance with the ABS MODU Rules, tested in the presence of and inspected by the Surveyor,
preferably at the plant of the manufacturer.
ii) For machines of less than 100 kW (135 hp), the tests may be carried out by the manufacturer whose
certificate of tests (test reports) may be acceptable and is to be included in the manufacturer’s
affidavit of compliance.
21.5 Gears and Couplings

Gears and couplings are to comply with the following requirements:
i) All gears and couplings having a rated power of 100 kW (135 hp) and over are to be designed,
constructed, certified and installed in accordance with AGMA, ISO or equivalent. ABS is to review
the design and the gears are to be constructed under the attendance of the ABS Surveyor.
ii) All gears and couplings having a rated power of less than 100 kW (135 hp) are to be designed,
constructed and equipped in accordance with recognized commercial and marine practice.
Acceptance of such gears will be based on manufacturer’s affidavit stating compliance with a
recognized standard, verification of gear nameplate data and subject to a satisfactory performance
test after installation conducted in the presence of the Surveyor.
iii) Shaft couplings are to be designed in accordance to the requirements of a recognized standard
such as API STD 671, ISO 10441 or equivalent. ABS is to review the design and the shaft couplings
are to be constructed under the attendance of the ABS Surveyor.
23 Skid Mounted Equipment

(1 September 2012) A typical list of skid-mounted equipment that provides support to the drilling, completion,
well testing operations, etc., includes, but is not limited to, the following:
• Utilities and instrument air • Pressure Wash
• Chemical injection • Cementing skid
• Nitrogen generation and charging • Well test equipment
• Hydraulics/Pneumatic power units (HPU) • Other temporary equipment
• Sea water
Skid-mounted equipment is to comply with the following requirements, as applicable:

ii) Pressure-retaining equipment is to be in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 3/17 of
this Guide.
iii) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
iv) Piping systems and their components are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
v) Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
vi) Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide.

23.1 Skid Structures

Skid structures including the lifting attachments are to comply with the following requirements:
i) Skid structures for drilling system equipment packaged units are to be sufficiently rigid to support
the mounted equipment and piping and, as required, to permit lifting during shipment without
damage to the equipment or piping.
ii) Structural design calculations for skid units with a center of gravity height of more than 1.5 m (5 ft),
or a maximum operating weight in excess of 10 MT (metric tons) or 22.05 Kips, calculated in dry
conditions, are to be submitted for review.
iii) (1 September 2012) Lifting attachment, including the attachment to the skid structure are to be
designed in accordance with the requirements of API RP 2A WSD and/or the ABS Lifting Appliances
Guide.
iv) (1 September 2012) Load testing of the lifting attachments, including the attachment to the skid
structure is to be performed in accordance with 3/11.5.4 and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
23.3 Drip Pans

Drip pans are to comply with the following requirements:
i) Drip pans are to be provided to contain liquid spills and leaks from skid-mounted equipment and
piping, and to drain the liquid with adequate slope of 1 cm per meter (0.125 inch per foot) into
open drain systems.
ii) A minimum 150 mm (6 in.) coaming around the entire perimeter of a skid is to be provided.
iii) (1 September 2012) Spill containment with less than 150 mm (6 in.) coaming arrangement is subject
to special consideration (see 1/7.7, “Alternatives”).
iv) Calculations showing sufficient spillage containment for the skid are to be submitted for verification.
v) Skid beams that extend above the drip pan may be considered as meeting the coaming requirement,
provided that the drip pan is seal-welded to the skid beams.

Section 4: Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval
SECTION 4 Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval
1 General
This section provides detailed procedures for ABS approval of typical drilling systems, subsystems, equipment,
and/or components for Classification of drilling system, that require design approval and survey in accordance
with Section 4, Table 1.
i) Section 4, Table 1 is provided as a general reference listing, and is not to be considered as the complete
drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component listing.
ii) For drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components not listed, the designer/manufacturer
is to contact the appropriate ABS Technical office for guidance on the approval process.
iii) ABS is prepared to consider alternative design methodology and industry practice for drilling system,
subsystems, equipment, and/or component designs, on a case-by-case basis, with justifications through
novel features as indicated in 1/7.7 of this Guide.
3 Approval Process (1 September 2012)

ABS approval of drilling systems, equipment, and/or components is to be in accordance with the applicable
codes and/or standards regarding design, fabrication, and testing, and is also to comply with the additional
requirements of this Guide.
i) Drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components, including drilling support systems,
are to be approved according to the following general procedures:
a) Design plans and data are to be submitted in accordance with this section and Subsection
2/7 of this Guide.
b) ABS design review for issuance of the following documents (see 4/3.5 of this Guide):
1) ABS approval letter/PDA
2) Independent Review Certificate (IRC) [see Section 4, Table 1 and Appendix 3 of
this Guide], as applicable
c) ABS survey at plant (see 4/3.3.1), and at installation and commissioning (see 4/3.3.2), as
applicable, for issuance of the following documents (see 4/3.5 of this Guide):
1) Survey Report (SR) [see Section 4, Table 1 and Appendix 5 of this Guide]
2) Certificate of Compliance (CoC) [see Section 4, Table 1 and Appendix 4 of this
Guide], as applicable
ii) ABS’s issuance of reports and certificates is to be in accordance with 4/3.5 and Appendices 3, 4
and 5 of this Guide.
iii) Approval of individual or unit equipment and/or components can be combined towards the approval
of complete systems or subsystems.
iv) ABS design review, survey, and the issuance of applicable reports or certificates constitute the
ABS Classification of the drilling system inclusive of the subsystems, equipment and components.

3.1 Design Review

Drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that require ABS design review and, subsequently,
an ABS approval letter, and an IRC, as required for ABS Classification, are listed in Subsection 2/7 and
Section 4, Table 1 and are detailed throughout this Guide.
i) ABS design review verifies that the design of systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components
meets the requirements of this Guide and the specified design codes, standards, or specifications,
as applicable.
ii) The manufacturer is to provide manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance in accordance with 4/3.1.2
of this Guide.
iii) (1 September 2012) Upon satisfactory completion of the design review process, ABS will issue an
ABS approval letter/PDA, and an IRC, as applicable in accordance with 4/3.5 and Section 4,
Table 1 of this Guide.
iv) (1 September 2012) ABS is prepared to consider manufacturer’s exception(s) to part(s) or section(s)
of this Guide and/or the specified codes, and standards for drilling equipment and/or components, on
a case-by-case basis, with justifications through:
• Stress calculations/analysis • Historical performance/experience data
• Finite element modeling/analysis • Novel features, as indicated in 1/7.7 of this
Guide
• Testing
In this case, the manufacturer must provide details of the exception(s) to part(s) or section(s) of
recognized design standards in the “Design Basis” submittal, as referenced in Subsection 2/7 and
clearly stated in detail on the manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance as specified in 4/3.1.2 of this
Guide.
v) (1 September 2012) It is recommended that at beginning of each project a kick-off meeting between
the manufacturer/fabricator and ABS Engineering office engineer/project manager is to be scheduled
in order, but not limited to:
• Confirm and/or establish the main point of contacts (PoC) for the design review
• Confirm submission requirement for design review and manufacturing such as specification,
drawings and/or documentation associated with the design and manufacturing process
• Review project design, manufacturing and delivery schedules
• Review and confirm project “hold-points”
• Review any proposed sub-contractor lists
3.1.1 Product Design Assessment (PDA)
i) (1 September 2012) Equipment or components listed in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide,
that have PDAs available, the ABS design review and ABS approval letter are not required.
ii) It is to be noted that no changes can be made to the design details on the PDA from the
date of issuance. Any design changes will require a revision to the PDA.
iii) Manufacturer/designers with existing PDAs for other equipment or components, not specified
in Section 4, Table, 1 of this Guide will be specially considered.
3.1.2 Manufacturer’s Affidavit of Compliance (MAC)
i) Manufacturers are required to provide a written affidavit of compliance stating that their
products are designed, manufactured, assembled and tested in accordance with specified
codes, standards, or specifications, and the additional requirements of this Guide, as
applicable. The codes, standards or specifications must be stated in the manufacturer’s
affidavit of compliance.

ii) (1 September 2012) ABS is prepared to consider manufacturer’s exception(s) to part(s) or

section(s) of specified codes, and standards for drilling equipment and/or components, on a
case-by-case basis, with appropriate justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
In this case, the manufacturer must provide details of the exception(s) to part(s) or section(s)
of recognized design standards in the “Design Basis” submittal, as referenced in Subsection
2/7 of this Guide and clearly stated in details on the manufacturer’s affidavit of compliance.
iii) The manufacturer’s affidavits of compliance are to accompany the systems, subsystems
or equipment placed onboard drilling units and are to be verified by ABS Surveyors prior
to final Classification of the drilling system.
iv) (1 September 2012) See Appendix 2 of this Guide for an example of manufacturer’s
affidavit of compliance and its contents.
3.1.3 Extension of Approval
i) If drilling equipment and/or components have been previously approved by ABS, the
manufacturer can request extension of approval for a new project, clearly stating that no
changes have been made to the equipment and/or components from the previous approval.
ii) If changes are made from previously approved equipment and/or components, documentation
identifying and justification of the changes are required to be submitted for ABS review
and approval.
3.3 ABS Survey

3.3.1 Survey at Plant
i) ABS Surveyor’s attendance is required at the plant of manufacturing for drilling system,
subsystems, equipment, and/or components approval, as indicated in Section 4, Table 1
and in accordance with Subsection 8/3 of this Guide.
ii) (1 September 2012) In Section 4, Table 1, “Testing at Vendor” is to be performed for the
system/subsystem/equipment/component level as required by the design codes and standards,
and as specified in this Guide. This is to include, but not limited to, as applicable:
• Prototype testing, as required by • Post-test NDE
the design codes or manufacturer
• FMECA validations
specifications, etc.
• FAT
• Hydrostatic pressure test
• Load testing
Depending on the type of the equipment and vendor’s manufacturing/testing facility
arrangements or capabilities, it may not be possible to perform all required testing at vendor’s
plant. In this case, the remaining testing is to be performed on-board facility. This issue
is to be addressed and considered between vendor and purchaser (shipyard, owner, etc.).
iii) Where final testing requires assembly and installation on-board a facility, a partial survey
report will be issued by the attending Surveyor for the work and partial testing completed
at the manufacturing facility. After final testing on-board, the attending Surveyor will
issue the final survey reports or CoC.
iv) (1 September 2012) Upon satisfactory completion of the Surveyor’s witness of the completed
drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components manufacturing process, a survey
report and/or CoC will be issued in accordance with 4/3.5.

3.3.2 Survey at Installation and Commissioning (1 September 2012)

i) ABS Survey for the installation and commissioning of drilling systems is to be performed
in accordance with Subsection 8/5 and 8/7 of this Guide.
ii) In Section 4, Table 1, “Testing Onboard” typically covers the testing of the assembled or
integrated systems/subsystems/equipment/component. This is to include, but not limited
to, as applicable:
• Hydrostatic pressure test to rated • Load test to the rated load of the
working pressure assembled unit
• Functional testing • FMEA/FMECA validations testing
in accordance with 2/5.11
3.5 Issuance of Certificates and Reports

3.5.1 ABS Approval Letter and Survey Reports
i) Upon satisfactory completion of the ABS design review process, based on design plans
and data as specified in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide, an ABS approval letter will be issued
as indicated by Section 4, Table 1.
ii) The ABS approval letter will describe the scope and results, including any applicable
comments and correspondences for the design review performed of the submitted design
plans and data, and the specified engineering criteria. The approved rating and/or capacity
will be indicated for each system, subsystem, equipment or component in the ABS approval
letter.
iii) (1 September 2012) The ABS Surveyor will issue appropriate survey report(s) (SR) for all
survey activities as specified in Section 4, Table 1 and Subsection 8/3 of this Guide.
3.5.2 IRC and CoC (1 September 2012)
i) Upon satisfactory completion of the ABS design review process and issuance of the ABS
approval letter, based on the design plans and data as specified in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide
for well control equipment or components, an Independent Review Certificate (IRC) will be
issued when indicated by Section 4, Table 1, in conjunction with the ABS approval letter.
ii) The IRC will describe the scope and results of the design review performed by ABS for the
submitted design plans and data, and the specified engineering criteria. The approved rating
and/or capacity will be indicated for each system, subsystem, equipment or component
covered by the certificate.
a) IRC’s are issued for equipment model number.
b) IRC is valid for five (5) years from date of issuance with no changes to the design
and manufacturing specifications (see 7/27).
c) Revalidation of IRC is required after five (5) years from date of issuance.
iii) Upon issuance of an ABS approval letter, an IRC, and satisfactory completion of the required
testing and survey, a Certificate of Conformity (CoC) will be issued when indicated by
Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
iv) The CoC will affirm that, at the time of assessment and/or survey, the systems, subsystems,
equipment, and/or components met the applicable codes and standards, and the requirements
of this Guide with respect to design, manufacturing and testing.
a) CoC’s are issued for each individual equipment manufactured/fabricated, based
on equipment serial number, and
b) CoC’s are to be correlated to the IRC for the specific equipment model number.
v) Appendix 3 and Appendix 4 of this Guide provide examples of IRC and CoC, respectively.
vi) The contents of the IRC and CoC are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design
parameters.

3.7 Individual Equipment Approval: Non-Class Installation

If specifically requested by the manufacturers, Owner/Operator, or designers, ABS can provide approval of
individual equipment or components associated with drilling systems or subsystems in accordance with the
requirements of this Guide, and where the installation unit may not be classed with ABS.
i) The individual equipment approval processes are outlined in Subsection 4/3 of this Guide.
ii) (1 September 2012) The final installation and commissioning surveys, as outlined in Subsections
4/3i)c), 8/5, and 8/7 of this Guide, are the responsibility of the Owner/Operator.
3.9 Vendor Coordination Program

Major projects are to be coordinated through the ABS Vendor Coordination Program in order to facilitate
the progress of the ABS approval process for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components.
i) In such cases, an electronic database reflecting the contents of Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide
will be made available to the key personnel associated with the project; the Owner/Operator, the
manufacturer, designers/engineers and ABS’s Engineers and Surveyors.
ii) Upon completion of each task outlined in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide, the respective participant is
to update the corresponding field in the database. The completed database is to be documented as
part of the final ABS CDS Classification of the drilling system.

96
Section
TABLE 1
Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment (1 December 2015)
Well Control – Subsea and Surface, as applicable (WCS)
4
Equipment Components Design IRC (4) MAC Survey CoC/ Testing Testing Testing Remarks
Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval

Review & at SR at On-
Approval Vendor Vendor board
Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
Commissioning test to verify

Assembled BOP System and LMRP proper integrity and
Blowout Preventer SR a and b2
System functionality of assembled
BOP and LMRP
proper integrity and
Blowout Preventer Assembled BOP System SR a and b2
functionality of assembled
BOP System
Blowout Preventer
Accumulators (Seamless)(9) X X X SR b1 a and b2
Equipment
Blowout Preventer
ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012
Accumulators (Welded) X X X SR b1 a and b2

Equipment
Acoustic Control System “a” is the functional testing
Blowout Preventer
(Accumulators, Transponder Receiver, X X X SR a and b1 a and b2 and failure modes validation,
Equipment
Acoustic Control) as required
“a” is the functional testing
Blowout Preventer
Autoshear System X X SR a a and failure modes validation,
Equipment
as required
“a and b2” – Onboard testing
Blowout Preventer SR & of assembled BOP stack.
BOP Stack Assembly X X X X a and b1 a and b2
Equipment CoC
See Note 2
Blowout Preventer “e” – See “Lifting Attachment”
BOP Stack Structural Frame X X X SR e
Equipment in this Table for test loads
Shear rams are to be tested to
rated/specified shear capacity
Blowout Preventer SR & in accordance with 3/3.1.3vii)
BOPs (Annular and Ram) X X X X a and b1 a and b2
Equipment CoC Prototype testing in accordance
with API Spec 16A
See Note 2
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Well Control – Subsea and Surface, as applicable (continued) (WCS)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
“b1” is to be performed on
wellbore side and on operator,
Blowout Preventer Bonnet Assembly (Spare/Modification/ SR & individually.
X X X X a and b1 a and b2
Equipment Repair) CoC
“b2” is to be performed after
assembly onto BOP
Blowout Preventer SR &
Clamps X X X X b1 a and b2 See Note 2
Equipment CoC
Connector for Wellhead X X X X a and b1 a and b2 See Note 2
Equipment CoC
If hydraulic or pneumatic
controls, then “b1” and “b2”
Blowout Preventer are required, as applicable
Control System/Console/Panel X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Equipment “a” is the functional testing
and failure modes validation,
as required
Blowout Preventer
Control Hoses (Hydraulic)(8) X X X SR b1 a and b2
Equipment
Blowout Preventer Control Pods (Blue and Yellow) with
X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Equipment Test Stands
Blowout Preventer
Deadman System X X SR a a and failure modes validation,
Equipment
as required
Drilling Spools X X X X b1 b2
Equipment CoC
Blowout Preventer
Hose Reels (Hydraulic Hoses) X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Equipment
Hydraulic Flexible and Rigid Piping –
Blowout Preventer
Onboard, on Risers and on BOP/LMRP X X X SR b1 a and b2
Equipment
Stacks
97
98
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)

Blowout Preventer Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23, X X X SR a and b1 a and b2 and failure modes validation,
Equipment Skid Mounted Equipment as required
Blowout Preventer
MUX Cable Reels X X X SR b1 and e a
Equipment
Spacer Spools X X X X b1 b2
Equipment CoC
Blowout Preventer
Test Stump X X X SR b1 b2
Equipment
Blowout Preventer
Test Tool X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Equipment

LMRP Assembled LMRP System SR a and b2
LMRP System
If annular is installed in
SR & LMRP, see “Blowout
LMRP Annular Preventer X X X X a and b1 a and b2 Preventer Equipment” above.
CoC
See Note 2
LMRP Control System See “Blowout Preventer Equipment”
For individual component
LMRP Emergency Disconnect System (EDS) X X X SR a and b1 a and b2 testing, see the applicable
component in this Table.
SR &
LMRP Flex/Ball Joint X X X X a and b1 a and b2
CoC
“e” – See “Lifting Attachment”
LMRP Frame (LMRP) X X X SR e
in this Table for test loads
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
Jumper Hoses (Choke and Kill, Mud SR &

LMRP X X X X b1 a and b2
Booster, and Hydraulic) CoC
SR &
LMRP Riser Adapter/Adapter Spool X X X X a and b1 a and b2
CoC
LMRP (WCS) SR &
Riser Connectors for BOP Stack X X X X a and b1 a and b2 See Note 2
(1 December 2015) CoC
Marine Drilling Risers – See below

Diverter Assembled Diverter System SR a and b2 proper integrity and functionality
of assembled Diverter System
Diverter Accumulators (Seamless)(9) X X X SR b1 a and b2
Diverter Accumulators (Welded) X X X SR b1 a and b2
are required, as applicable
Diverter Control System/Console/Panel X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
as required
SR &
Diverter Diverter with Annular Sealing Device X X X X a and b1 a and b2 See Note 2
CoC
SR &
Diverter Flex/Ball Joint X X X X a and b1 a and b2 See Note 2
CoC
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23,
Diverter X X X SR a and b1 a and b2 and failure modes validation,
Skid Mounted Equipment
as required
Overshot Mandrel, Overshot Packers, SR &
Diverter X X X X b1 a and b2 See Note 2
Overshot Spool CoC
99
100
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
Diverter Piping System X X X SR b1 b2 See Note 2

Diverter Test Tool X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
SR &
Diverter Valves X X X X a and b1 a and b2 See Note 2
CoC

Choke and Kill Assembled Choke and Kill System SR a and b2
Choke & Kill Systems
controls, then “b1” and “b2” are
required, as applicable
Choke and Kill Control System/Console/Panel X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
as required
SR &
Choke and Kill Choke and Kill – Connectors X X X X a and b1 a and b2 See Note 2
CoC
SR &
Choke and Kill Choke and Kill – Valves X X X X a and b1 a and b2 See Note 2
CoC
Choke and Kill – Manifolds including
SR &
Choke and Kill Buffer Tanks, Chokes, Spools and X X X X a and b1 a and b2 See Note 2
CoC
Valves, Union and Swivel Joints
Choke, Kill Flexible (Drape) Lines –
SR &
Choke and Kill Flexible Lines, Connectors, End X X X X a and b1 a and b2 See Note 2
CoC
Fittings,
Choke, and Kill Rigid Lines –Rigid SR &
Choke and Kill X X X X b1 b2 See Note 2
Piping, Hammer Union CoC
Emergency Circulating Pump (Pressure SR &
Choke and Kill X X X X a and b1 a and b2
Side) CoC
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
Choke and Kill Kill Unit X X X SR a and b1 a and b2

Choke and Kill X X X SR a and b1 a and b2 and failure modes validation,
as required
Burner/Flare
Burner/Flare Boom X X X SR a
(1 December 2015)
Burner/Flare
Burner/Flare Piping System X SR a
(1 December 2015)
Burner/Flare Burner/Flare Control are required, as applicable
X X X SR a a
(1 December 2015) System/Console/Panel “a” is the functional testing
as required
Drill Pipe Safety Valves, Drill String

SR &
Auxiliary Equipment Float Valves, Non-return (NR) Valve in X X X X b1 a and b2 See Note 2
CoC
Drill String (IBO)
101
102
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Marine Drilling Riser (WCS)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)

proper integrity and functionality
Assembled Marine Drilling Riser and
Marine Drilling Riser SR a of assembled Marine Drilling
Riser Tensioning Systems
Riser and Riser Tensioning
Systems
Assembled Marine Drilling Riser and proper integrity and
Marine Drilling Riser SR a
System functionality of Marine
Drilling Riser System.
SR &
Marine Drilling Riser Ball and Flexible Joints X X X X a and b1 a and b2
CoC
Marine Drilling Riser Hang-Off Joint X X X SR a and e a “e” – Prototype load test only
SR &
Marine Drilling Riser Hydraulic Connectors X X X X a and b1 a
CoC
Marine Drilling Riser Riser Handling Tool X X X SR a and e a
“b1” – Auxiliary, choke and
kill lines.
SR &
Marine Drilling Riser Riser Sections including Joints X X X X b1 C&K lines, Mud Booster,
CoC
Hydraulic Lines – See
applicable sections.
Marine Drilling Riser Riser Test Tool X X X SR a and e a
“e” – Production load test, as
follows:
1. Each diametrically
SR & opposed pair of pad eyes
Marine Drilling Riser Tensioner Ring X X X X e
CoC and to include bearing
shoulder
2. See “Lifting Attachments”/
“Pad eyes” for test loads
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Marine Drilling Riser (continued) (WCS)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
“e” – Prototype load test of

SR & a, b1,
Marine Drilling Riser Telescopic Joint X X X X a and b2 locking mechanism at
CoC and e
1.5 × maximum design loads

Riser Running System Assembled Riser Running System SR a proper functionality of assembled
Riser Running System
Riser Running “e” – Production load test at
Gimbal (or Shock Absorber) X X X SR a and e a
Equipment 1.5 × maximum design loads
Gimbal (fixed) X X X SR a and e a
Riser Running/Handling Tool X X X SR b1 and e a
Riser Running a, b1 “e” – Production load test at
Riser Spider (used as elevators/lifting) X X X SR a and b2
Equipment and e 1.5 × maximum design loads
Riser Running a, b1 “e” – Production load test at
Riser Spider (fixed) X X X SR a
Equipment and e 1.5 × maximum design loads
Riser Running
Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, etc., see “Common Systems and Equipment”, as applicable
Equipment
103
104
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Marine Riser Tensioning System (DSD) (1 December 2015)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)

Riser Tensioning System Assembled Riser Tensioning System SR a and b2
Riser Tensioning System
Riser Tensioning System Accumulators (Seamless)(9) X X X SR b1 a and b2 Hydraulic or Pneumatic
Riser Tensioning System Accumulators (Welded) X X X SR b1 a and b2
Riser Tensioning System Air/Nitrogen Buffer Tanks X X X SR b1 b2
Compressors Skid Package, including
Riser Tensioning System Piping, Valves, Safety, Electrical, Skid X X X SR a and b1 a and c
Structure (see 3/23) etc.
Riser Tensioning System Compressors(11) X

Riser Tensioning System Control System/Console/Panel X X X SR a a
as required
Riser Tensioning System Dryers X X X SR b1 a
Riser Tensioning System X X X SR a and b1 a and b2 and failure modes validation,
as required
Riser Tensioning System Nitrogen Generation Skid X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Riser Tensioning System Piping System X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Riser Tensioning System Pressure Vessels X X X SR b1 b2
Riser Tensioning System Riser, Guideline and Podline Tensioners X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Riser Tensioning System Riser Recoil System X X X SR a a and failure modes validation,
as required
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Marine Riser Tensioning System (continued) (DSD)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning Unit X X X SR a and b1 a and b2

Sheaves for Riser Tension Lines,
Riser Tensioning System X X X SR a a
Guidelines and Podlines(8)
Riser Tensioning System Telescopic Arms X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Riser Tensioning System Wire Ropes(11) X(5)
Riser Tensioning Systems Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, Hydraulic Cylinders, etc., see “Common Systems and Equipment”, as applicable
105
106
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Conductor Tensioning System/Unit (CTS/CTU) (DSD)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)

Conductor Tensioning Assembled Conductor Tensioning
SR a and b2 functionality of assembled
System/Unit System/Unit
Conductor Tensioning System
/ Unit
Conductor Tensioning
Accumulators (Seamless)(9) X X X SR b1 a and b2 Hydraulic or Pneumatic
System/Unit
Accumulators (Welded) X X X SR b1 a and b2
System/Unit
Conductor Tensioning are required, as applicable

Control System/Console/Panel X X X SR a a
System/Unit “a” is the functional testing
as required
Conductor Tensioning Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23,
X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
System/Unit Skid Mounted Equipment
Piping System X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
System/Unit
Sheaves(8) X X X SR a a
System/Unit
Wire Ropes(11) X(5)
System/Unit
System/Unit Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, Hydraulic Cylinders, etc., see “Common Systems and Equipment”, as applicable
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Drilling String Compensators (DSD)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)

Assembled Drill String Compensator
Drill String Compensators SR a and b2 functionality of assembled
System
Drill String Compensator
System
Drill String Compensators Accumulators (Seamless)(9) X X X SR b1 a and b2 Hydraulic or Pneumatic
Drill String Compensators Accumulators (Welded) X X X SR b1 a and b2
Compressors Skid Package, including
Drill String Compensators Piping, Valves, Safety, Electrical, Skid X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Structure (see 3/23), etc.
Drill String Compensators Compressors(11) X
Drill String Compensators Dryers X X X SR a and b1 a As applicable to medium used.
Drill String Compensators Compensator Assembly X X X SR b1 a and b2
Drill String Compensators Control System/Console/Panel X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
as required
Piping System including Hydraulic/
Drill String Compensators X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Pneumatic Hoses
Drill String Compensators Pressure Vessels X X X SR b1 b2
Drill String Compensators Sheaves(8) X X X SR a a
Drill String Compensators Wire Ropes(11) X(5)
Drill String Compensators Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, Hydraulic Cylinders, etc., see “Common Systems and Equipment”, as applicable
107
108
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer System (DSC)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)

Bulk Storage Assembled Bulk Storage System SR a and b2
Bulk Storage Systems
Bulk Storage Bulk Storage Tanks (Pressurized) X X X SR b1 or c c
Bulk Storage Piping System for Material Transport X X X SR b1 a and b2
Bulk Storage Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, etc., see “Common Systems and Equipment”, as applicable

Mud Return Assembled Mud Return System SR a and b2
Mud Return System

Mud Return Agitators for Drilling Fluid(11) X SR a
Mud Return Chemical Mixers(11) X SR a
Mud Return Degasser X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Mud Return Desander and Desilter(11) X SR a
Piping System (From Mud-Gas
Mud Return Separator/Poor Boy to Burners or X X X SR a
Vents)
Mud Return Piping System X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Mud Return Shale Shakers(11) X SR a
Mud Return Trip Tank X SR d
Mud Return Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, etc., see “Common Systems and Equipment”, as applicable
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer System (continued) (DSC)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)

Assembled Well Circulation (HP) proper integrity and
Well Circulation (HP) SR a and b2
System functionality of assembled
Well Circulations (HP) System
SR &
Well Circulation (HP) Circulation Head X X X X a and b1 a and b2
CoC
Well Circulation (HP) Control System/Console/Panel X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
as required
Well Circulation (HP) Charge Pumps X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
SR &
Well Circulation (HP) Gooseneck, Swivel X X X X a and b1 a and b2
CoC
SR &
Well Circulation (HP) Kelly X X X X a and b1 a and b2
CoC
Well Circulation (HP) Kelly Bushing(11) X SR a
Kelly Cocks, Flow Control Valves, Main SR &
Well Circulation (HP) X X X X a and b1 a and b2 See Note 2
Stem, NR Valve (IBOP) CoC
Well Circulation (HP) Mixing Pumps (see “Common Systems and Equipment”)
SR &
Well Circulation (HP) Mud Booster Hoses X X X X b1 a and b2
CoC
SR &
Well Circulation (HP) Mud Booster Rigid Lines X X X X b1 a and b2
CoC
Well Circulation (HP) Mud-Gas Separator/Poor Boy X X X SR b1 a and b2
Well Circulation (HP) Mud Pumps – High Pressure X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
109
110
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer System (continued) (DSC)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
Mud Valves – High Pressure

Well Circulation (HP) (from Mud Pumps to/including X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Standpipe Manifold)
Piping System for Circulating Drilling
Well Circulation (HP) X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Fluid to the Well
Well Circulation (HP) Pulsation Dampeners X X X SR b1 a
Rotary Hoses (Kelly Hoses), Vibratory SR &
Well Circulation (HP) X X X X b1 a and b2
Hoses CoC
Well Circulation (HP) Safety Valves at Mud Pump X X X SR a and b1 a
Well Circulation (HP) Standpipe Manifold X X X SR b1 b2

Well Circulation (HP) Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, etc., see “Common Systems and Equipment”, as applicable
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Cementing System (WCS) (1 December 2015)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)

Cementing Assembled Cementing System SR a and b2 proper integrity and functionality
of assembled Cementing System
Cementing Cement Pump (Pressure Side) X X X SR b1 a
Centrifugal Pumps – For Mixing
Cementing (see “Common Systems and Equipment”)
Cement and Suction
Cementing Manifold – including
Cementing X X X SR b1 a and b2
Valves, and Unions
Cementing Cement Flexible Lines X X X SR b1 a and b2
Cementing Control System/Console/Panel X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
as required
Cementing X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Cementing Piping System – Cement Pump Discharge X X X SR b1 a and b2
Piping System for Mixing Cement and
Cementing X X X SR b1 a and b2
Suction Line to Cement Pump
Cementing Pulsation Dampeners X X X SR b1 a
Cementing Safety Valves X X X SR a and b1 a
111
112
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Hoisting, Lifting, Handling, and Rotating (DSD)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
Derricks and Masts, including Guide SR &

Derrick X X X X See 8/5vi)
Track CoC

Hoisting Assembled Hoisting System SR a and b2 functionality of assembled
Hoisting System
Hoisting Crown Block including Support Beams X X X SR a
Hoisting Deadline Anchors X X X SR a
Hoisting Dolly for Traveling Assembly X X X SR a a
1. Static single line load test

or equivalent – 125% of
rated load at drawwork
drum, only one time
2. Brake test – see 8/5viii)b)
Hoisting Drawworks X X X SR a and e a and e
3. Functional test – see
8/5viii)c)
4. Performance test at 100%
5. “Testing onboard” is to be
performed as installed.
Hoisting Drill Wireline Spoolers(11) X a
Hoisting Drilling Line and Sand Line(11) X(5)
“e” – for production test iaw
Hoisting Elevators (6, 8) X X X SR e a
API Spec 8C
Gears for Hoisting Equipment with
Hoisting rated power of 100 kW and over, and/or X X X SR a a
in the critical load path(8)
Gears for Hoisting Equipment with
Hoisting rated power less than 100 kW, and not X SR a
in the critical load path. (11)
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Hoisting, Lifting, Handling, and Rotating (continued) (DSD)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
Hoisting Kelly Spinner X X X SR a a

“e” – for production test iaw
Hoisting Links (Bell Nipple) X X X SR e a
API Spec 8C
“e” – Load test for prototype
SR &
Hoisting Power Swivel/Top Drive X X X X e and b1 a and b2 testing only, iaw with API
CoC
Spec 8C
“b1” – Hydro test at 1.5 ×
rated pressure for rated
SR & pressure of greater than 5000
Hoisting Rotary Swivel X X X X e and b1 a and b2
CoC psi. Hydro test at 2.0 × rated
pressure for rated pressure of
less than 5000 psi.
Sheaves for Crown Block and
Hoisting X X X SR a a
Traveling Block(8)
“e” – for prototype testing
Hoisting Traveling Block X X X SR e a
only, iaw API Spec 8C
“e” – for prototype testing
Hoisting Travel Block (Drilling) Hook X X X SR e a
only, iaw API Spec 8C
Hoisting Wire Ropes (Winches)(11) X(5)
Hoisting Wireline Spooler/Unit(11) X SR a

Lifting Assembled Lifting Systems SR a and b2
functionality of all assembled
Lifting Systems
Static load test at 125%
a, b1 a, b2
Lifting Base mounted Winches X X X SR Performance test at 100%
and e and e
Brake holding test at 100%
113
114
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Hoisting, Lifting, Handling, and Rotating (continued) (DSD)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
a, b1 a, b2 Per Chapter 2 of ABS Lifting

Lifting Crane Type Lifting Equipment X X X SR
and e and e Appliances Guide or API 2C.
Manrider Winches (for drilling a, b1 a, b2 Performance test at 100%
Lifting X X X SR
equipment service) and e and e Brake holding test at 100%
Emergency lowering 100%
Performance test at 100%
Lifting Personnel Baskets X X X SR a, and e a and e
Brake holding test at 100%
Emergency lowering 100%
Personnel Elevators (for drilling a, b1 a, b2 Per Chapter 5 of ABS Lifting
Lifting X X X SR
equipment services) and e and e Appliances Guide
Lifting Pipe Racking Mechanism X X X SR
“e” – Test loads:

- SWL < 10 MT = 1.5 × SWL
Anchor Points/Padeyes (welded, bolted,
Lifting Attachments X X SR e - 10 < SWL < 20 MT = SWL +
etc.) See 3/11.5.4
5 MT
- SWL > 20 MT = 1.25 × SWL
BOP Handling Bulkhead Guiding X X X SR a a

BOP Handling Handling Crane X X X SR
BOP Handling Seafixing X X X SR a
BOP Handling Transporter/Skidder X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
BOP Handling X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Tubular Handling, and Rotating (DSP) (1 December 2015)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)

Tubular Handling Assembled Tubular Handling System SR a and b2
Tubular Handling System
“b2” – Before installation of
Tubular Handling Bridge Crane X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
mast/derrick
Applicable to mechanical
Tubular Handling Finger Board X X X SR a a
systems only
Tubular Handling Horizontal to Vertical Equipment X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Tubular Handling Hydraulic Cathead(11) X SR a and b2
Tubular Handling Iron Roughneck/Tongs (Power) X X SR a
Tubular Handling Manipulator Arms X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
Tubular Handling Monkey Board X X X SR a a
Tubular Handling Mousehole – Fixed(11) X SR a
“b1” and “b2” – If hydraulic
Tubular Handling Mousehole – Powered X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
mousehole installed.
Tubular Handling Mudbucket(11) X
Tubular Handling Tubular Chute X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
“b2” - If hydraulic tubular
Tubular Handling Tubular Horizontal Transporter(11) X SR a and b2
horizontal transporter is installed
Tubular Horizontal Transporter Support
Tubular Handling X X X SR a and e a and e
Structure – Frame
Tubular Horizontal Transporter Support
Tubular Handling Structure – H-Beam/Profile Mounted X
on Deck
Tubular Handling Power Slips (Hydraulic or Pneumatic)(11) X SR a
115
116
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Tubular Handling, and Rotating (continued) (DSP)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
Tubular Handling Stabbing Board, Casing X X X SR a a and e

Tubular Handling Tail-In Arm/Floor Monkey(11) X SR a
Tubular Handling Tong Suspension(11) X SR a
Tubular Handling Tong – Manual, for Tubular Handling(11) X
Tubular Handling Wire Ropes(11) X(5)

Rotary Assembled Rotary System SR a
Rotary System
Rotary Rotary Table incl. Skid Adapter X X X SR a a
Hoisting, Lifting, are required, as applicable
Rotary, Handling (BOP Control System/Console/Panel X X X SR a a
and Tubulars) “a” is the functional testing
as required
Hoisting, Lifting, “a” is the functional testing
Rotary, Handling (BOP X X X SR a and b1 a and b2 and failure modes validation,
and Tubulars) as required
Hoisting, Lifting,
Rotary, Handling (BOP Piping Systems X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
and Tubulars)
Hoisting, Lifting,
Rotary, Handling (BOP Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, Hydraulic Cylinders, etc., see “Common Systems and Equipment”, as applicable
and Tubulars)
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Common Systems and Equipment (All Sub-notations as applicable)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)

Control Systems Drillers Console X X X SR a a and failure modes validation,
as required
Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electrical, are required, as applicable
Control Systems Computer-based, or any combinations X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
thereof “a” is the functional testing
as required
Electrical Systems Electrical Systems and Components Design review and testing in accordance with 6-1-7/Table 1 of the ABS MODU Rules
Rated power of 100 kW and over,
Gears and Couplings X X X SR a a
and/or in the critical load path(8)
Rated power less than 100 kW, and not
Gears and Couplings X SR a
in the critical load path. (11)
Hydraulic Cylinders (in critical load
Hydraulic Cylinders X X X SR a and b1 a and b2
path and/or application)
Hydraulic Cylinders (not critical load
Hydraulic Cylinders X
path or application) (11)
Internal Combustion
Internal Combustion Engines Design review and testing in accordance with 6-1-3/Table 1 of the ABS MODU Rules
Engines
Piping Expansion Joints X X X SR b1 b2
Design review and testing to be in accordance with 6-1-6/Table 1 (except for “Material tests to be witness by
Piping Interconnecting Piping
Surveyor”) of the ABS MODU Rules
Air Receivers, Accumulators, Heat
Pressure Vessels Exchangers, etc. X b2
ID ≤ 150 mm (6 in.) (11)
117
118
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Common Systems and Equipment (continued) (All Sub-notations as applicable)
4

Letter (7) (10) (1, 3, 10)
Air Receivers, Accumulators, Heat

Design review and testing to be in accordance with 6-1-5/Table 1 (except for “Material tests to be witness by
Pressure Vessels Exchangers, etc.
Surveyor”) of the ABS MODU Rules
ID > 150 mm (6 in.)
Pumps
Support Systems, Hydraulic Pumps(11) X SR a
(1 December 2015)
Rotating Electrical Rotating Electrical Machines with rated
X X X SR f a See 3/21.3i)
Machinery power of 100 kW and over
Rotating Electrical Rotating Electrical Machines with rated
X SR g a See 3/21.3ii)
Machinery power of less than 100 kW(11)
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Notes:
4
1 (1 September 2012) If specified “Testing at Vendor” cannot be completed at vendor’s facility, the specified test(s) can be performed at the shipyard or during commissioning
(see 4/3.3 and Subsections 8/5 and 8/7 of this Guide).

2 All well control components are to be tested “on-board”; first to a low pressure of 1.38 MPa to 2.1 MPa (200 psi to 300 psi) and then to the rated working pressure, as
applicable (see API RP 53).
3 Applicable to all equipment and components:
a. In addition to the testing specified in Table 1 above, all testing as required by design codes and standards are to be performed
b. If prototype testing is required in accordance with the design code, this must be performed independently from item a. above for design verification
4 (1 September 2012) IRC is typically applicable to well control equipment or components.
5 MAC is to be provided with manufacturer’s certification in accordance with API Spec 9A/ISO-10425, or equivalent.
6 (1 September 2012) Only Elevators, Links, Spiders (when capable of being used as elevators), and Safety Clamps (when capable of being used as hoisting equipment)
require proof load testing for each production unit as per Section 8.6 of the API Spec 8C.
7 (1 September 2012) PDA can be issued upon request.
8 ABS Type Approval Program is accepted.
See Appendix 1-1-A2 of ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification – Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1) for details.
9 (1 September 2012) ABS Type Approval (TA) Program is accepted with the following conditions:
a. Manufacturing Assessment program under Recognized Quality System (RQS)
b. Surveyor’s attendance only for final hydrostatic test (b1) for “unit-certification”
10 (1 September 2012) Vendor (OEM or shipyard) is the entity responsible for manufacturing, assembling and/or installation of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components
11 ABS Type Approval can be granted upon request. See Appendix 1-1-A2 of ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification – Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1) for details.
Testing Notes:
Types of Testing Conditions of Testing
a Functional Test In accordance with design parameters/design approval
b1 Hydrostatic Test 1.5 times the design pressure, or in accordance with applicable design codes/standards.
b2 RWP Hydrostatic Test At rated working pressure (RWP) of systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components.
c Pneumatic Test In accordance with design codes/standards
d Leak Test Hydrostatic testing to overflow/vent height
e Load Test Testing at 100% SWL, or as specified under “Testing Remarks” column.
f Factory Testing Testing in accordance with 6-1-7/Table 2 of the ABS MODU Rules
g Factory Testing Testing in accordance with 6-1-7/Table 2 (Items 2 through 10, and Item 12) of the ABS MODU Rules. Surveyor’s attendance to
witness testing is not required
119
Section 5: Drilling System Piping
SECTION 5 Drilling System Piping
1 General
This section contains general requirements for piping systems and/or associated components that form part
of the drilling systems, as follows:
• Blowout preventer control and closing unit • (1 December 2015) Burner/Flare
• Choke and kill • Vent system
• Diverter • (1 September 2012) Hydraulic piping:
BOP/choke and kill/ diverter controls, top
• Well circulation
drive, tubulars handling, cranes, lifting
• Bulk mud and cement: mud processing appliances, transporters, etc.
and conditioning, bulk storage and
transfer, cementing, etc.
i) Piping systems that are used for both marine and drilling services such as hydraulic piping, air
piping, seawater service, potable water, power generation, etc., are to be in accordance with Part 4,
Chapter 2 of the ABS MODU Rules.
ii) The manufacturer is to submit to ABS for approval P&IDs, piping specifications, design plans and
data, and calculations for each piping system associated with the drilling systems listed above.
iii) Piping component pressure-temperature ratings are to be in compliance with ASME B31.3, API
Spec 16C, API Spec 16D, API RP 14E and/or other recognized codes/standards, as applicable.
iv) The above requirements are to be used for all drilling system piping and in conjunction with the
specific requirements contained in Section 3 of this Guide for individual subsystems used for
drilling systems.
3 Design Criteria
3.1 Piping Systems and Components

3.1.1 Design
i) Piping and piping components are to be designed to withstand the maximum stress that
could arise from the most severe combination of pressure, temperature, and other loads or
service conditions as referenced in 5/3.1.2 below, and to be in accordance with codes and
standards referenced in Subsection 5/1 above.
ii) For high-pressure ratings that are not within the scope of the referenced codes in
Subsection 5/1 above, pipe wall thickness calculations demonstrating suitability for the
intended service are to be submitted for ABS review.
iii) (1 December 2015) Pipe stress and flexibility analysis are to be performed in accordance
with ASME B31.3 or other recognized design code for all applicable service conditions for
the following piping systems:
• Choke and kill system
• High-pressure mud and cement system
• Main hoisting system (hydraulic)
• Burner/Flare piping system (permanent)

iv) Expansion joints are not to be used in high-pressure well control piping systems.
v) When used, expansion joints or bellows in piping systems are to be provided with shields
to prevent mechanical damage and are to be properly aligned and secured.
3.1.2 Service Conditions (1 September 2012)
i) The piping design is to account for, relative to the fluid being transported, internal and
external pressures, transient vibrational stresses, fluid velocity and associated erosional effects,
hydraulic hammer, transient temperature excursions, outside imposed impact forces and
pressure pulsations, and low temperature service considerations, as applicable.
ii) For surface BOP stack, all rigid lines between the control system and BOP stack are to comply
with the following:
a) Fire test requirements of API Spec 16D, including end connections
b) To have RWP equal to the RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable
iii) For subsea BOP stack:
a) All rigid lines between the control system and BOP are not required to meet the
fire test requirements of API Spec 16D, on those rigs with an autoshear and
deadman system installed.
b) All rigid lines between the control system and BOP are to have RWP equal to the
RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable.
3.1.3 Allowances
The design wall thickness of all piping is to account for, as applicable:
i) Mill under-tolerances (12.5% of nominal piping thickness, unless otherwise stated in the
material specification)
ii) Allowances for threads
iii) Corrosion/erosion allowance (unless an effective coating system is applied) is to be in
accordance with specified design code/standard and 2/5.5 of this Guide, as applicable.
iv) Fabrication allowance
3.1.4 Alternative Criteria
i) ABS is prepared to consider other applicable design references, alternative design
methodology and industry practice for piping system and piping component designs, on a
case-by-case basis, with justifications through novel features as indicated in 1/7.7 of this
Guide.
ii) Piping components whose dimensions are not specified by recognized codes/standards,
design details including dimensional drawings, stress calculations and material data are to
be submitted for ABS review and approval.
iii) The extent of NDE, service temperatures, material ductility and special fabrication methods
are also to be considered for alternative design criteria.
3.3 Fittings and Valves

All piping components are to meet the applicable piping code and the additional requirements in this section.
3.5 Piping Joints and Connections (1 September 2012)

3.5.1 General
i) Piping joints and connections greater than 50 DN (2 in. NPS) are to be made by butt-weld,
flanged or screwed union where the threads are not part of the sealing.
ii) (1 September 2012) Box and pin joints for the choke and kill lines on drilling risers are
acceptable.

iii) Special flanges such as SAE split flanges, proprietary flanges/connections, etc.:
a) Are not be used for well control systems
b) Specially considered for other services, such as drilling support, and support systems,
on a case-by-case basis
iv) Piping joints and connections not in accordance with design codes and standards will be
specially considered by ABS on a case-by-case basis.
3.5.2 Threaded Joints and Connections
i) Threaded joints and connections are not to be used in systems subjected to bending or
vibrational loads.
ii) All screwed joints or connections are to be evaluated, considering the following:
• Pipe outer diameter and thread allowance
• Fluid type, corrosion and fluid leakage risk
• Transient excursions of vibration, pulsation and pressure
iii) Threaded joints and connections can be utilized as permitted in the table below:
Type Size Pressure

Threaded connections All > 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) Not permitted
> 50 DN (2 in. NPS) All Not permitted
≤ 50 DN (2 in. NPS) ≤ 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) As permitted by
design code
Threaded connections ≤ 12 mm (0.5 in) All As permitted by
for instrumentations, design code
drains, vents
Threaded connections ≤ 50 DN (2 in. NPS) All As permitted by
where threads are not design code
used for sealing
Threaded connections All ≤ 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) As permitted by and
with seal weld to be in compliance
with design code
3.5.3 Socket Welds

i) All socket-welding connections are to be identified and specially approved by ABS.
ii) Socket-welding of piping connections intended for corrosive, particularly sour services is
not to be used.
Type Size Pressure

Socket welds ≤ 50 DN (2 in. NPS) ≤ 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) As permitted by and
to be in compliance
with design code
> 50 DN (2 in. NPS) All Not permitted
3.5.4 Quick Connect Fittings

Hammer lock, hammer union or other quick connect type specialty fittings are to have a rated pressure
not less than the pipe system design pressure and are to conform to applicable piping codes or
alternative standards.

3.7 Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses (1 September 2012)

(1 December 2015) Typical uses for flexible lines and hydraulic hoses and their applicable design codes
and standards are as follows:
• Well control
Choke and kill system flexible lines (surface/subsea) API Spec 16C, API Spec 16F
• Jumper lines (at subsea BOP stack)
• Choke and kill in moonpool for subsea
• Choke and kill for surface BOP stack
Auxiliary lines and drape hoses API Spec 16F, API Spec 16C
• Mud boost lines
• Hydraulic conduits/“Hot-line” hoses (to BOP)
• Buoyancy control line
• Jumper lines (at subsea BOP stack)
Hydraulic hoses for control functions, fluid power and hydraulic API Spec 16D
fluid transfers associated with well control
Hydraulic hoses for control functions, fluid power and hydraulic API Spec 16C
fluid transfers associated with choke control
• Drilling systems and Support systems

Rotary and vibratory hoses API Spec 7K
Cementing hoses API Spec 7K
Hydraulic hoses for control functions, fluid power and hydraulic ABS MODU Rules
fluid transfers for drilling systems such as topdrive, drawworks,
riser tensioning, tubulars handling, etc.
Flexible lines and hydraulic hoses are to comply with the following general requirements:
i) The hose body is to be secured to prevent falling or whipping in the event of a rupture or failure.
ii) Hose assemblies which can pose risk to personnel upon end failure are to be properly restrained.
3.7.1 Design
3.7.1(a) Well Control
i) Choke and kill flexible lines and auxiliary lines are to comply with the design, material,
quality control, and prototype testing, including burst testing requirements specified in API
Spec 16C, API Spec 16F, and the additional requirements specified in this Guide.
ii) Drape hoses (moonpool lines) at the telescopic joint are to be able to accommodate the
relative movement between the riser and the drilling unit.
iii) For subsea BOP stack, jumper lines at the flex/ball joints are be able to accommodate the
relative movement between the riser and the BOP stack.
iv) Flexible lines for subsea services are to be designed to withstand the external pressure for
the operational depth without deforming.
v) Hydraulic hoses/assembly utilized for well control functions are to comply with the
requirements of applicable sections of the ABS MODU Rules (for surface hydraulic control
hoses only), API Spec 16D and recognized industry standards, such as SAE, National Fluid
Power Association, as applicable.
vi) Flexible lines that are exposed to wellbore fluids are to consider gas permeation and
decompression in their designs.

3.7.1(b) Drilling System

i) Hydraulic hoses/assembly utilized for drilling system control and hydraulic fluid transfer
are to comply with the requirements of applicable sections of the ABS MODU Rules,
recognized industry standards, such as SAE, National Fluid Power Association, as applicable.
ii) Flexible lines or hydraulic hoses that are to be used in pneumatic service are to be designed
with consideration to decompression and permeation.
iii) Rotary and vibratory hoses/assembly for drilling services are to comply with the design,
and manufactured to API Spec 7K, and the additional requirements specified in this
Guide, and be suitable for their intended service (temperature, fluid compatibility, etc.).
3.7.2 Fire Resistance
3.7.2(a) General
i) Flexible lines/hydraulic hoses carrying flammable fluids, as defined in Subsection 1/27 of
this Guide, are to be fire-resistant in accordance with API Spec 16C.
ii) All flexible lines/hydraulic hoses located in hazardous areas, irrespective of fluid category,
are to be fire-resistant, except as permitted in 5/3.7.2(c) below.
iii) Fire resistance tests of flexible lines/hydraulic hoses are to be in accordance with API
Spec 16C and API Spec 16D and ISO 15540/15541, as applicable.
iv) Hydraulic hoses are also to be in compliance with the applicable requirements of 4-2-1/11.29
of the ABS MODU Rules and Appendix 2 of the ABS Facilities Rules, as applicable.
3.7.2(b) Surface. For surface BOP stack, all flexible lines hydraulic hoses between the control
system and BOP stack are to comply with the following:
i) Fire test requirements of API Spec 16D, including end connections.
ii) To have RWP equal to the RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable.
3.7.2(c) Subsea. For subsea BOP stack:
i) (1 December 2015) All flexible lines (except choke and kill lines) and MUX cables in the
moonpool between the control system and BOP are not to be of the fire resistant types as
required by API Spec 16D and API Spec 16C, as applicable, on those installation with a
autoshear and deadman system installed since, in the case of a fire, the use of fire retardant
hoses can delay or prevent the activation of a deadman system.
ii) All flexible lines/hydraulic hoses between the control system and BOP are to have RWP
equal to the RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable.
iii) Moonpool choke and kill hoses or flexible lines and their end connections installed that
permit entry of gas or hydrocarbons, is to meet the design requirements, performance
verification and fire-resistance requirements in accordance with API Spec 16C.
iv) Flexible lines/hydraulic hoses located subsea are not required to be fire-resistant.
3.7.3 End Connections
i) End connections for flexible lines/hydraulic hoses are to be designed and fabricated to the
requirements of 5/3.1 this Guide and applicable recognized codes and standards.
ii) End connections are to be considered as an integral part of the flexible line/hydraulic hose
assembly.
3.7.4 Isolation Valves
Isolation valves are to be provided to prevent potential uncontrolled release of flowing medium
from flexible lines to minimize the hazard.

3.7.5 Materials
i) Material requirements for flexible lines and hydraulic hoses, including end fittings when
exposed to wellbore fluids or a corrosive/erosive environment, are to be in accordance
with Section 5 and Section 6 of this Guide and applicable design codes and standards.
ii) Nonmetallic materials used in the manufacturing of flexible line and/or hydraulic hose
assemblies are to be suitable for the intended service conditions such as temperature and
fluid compatibility.
5 Materials
(1 September 2012) Materials are to be in accordance with the applicable design codes and standards
referenced in this section, and the requirements of Section 6 of this Guide.
5.1 Toughness
Piping component toughness requirements are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
5.3 Composite Materials (1 September 2012)

Composite materials where used in drilling piping system applications are to be of fire-resistant construction
and are to be designed and tested to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section X, and Appendix 1
of the ABS Facilities Rules.
7 Welding and NDE (1 September 2012)

Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with the applicable design codes and standards referenced in
this section, and the requirements of Section 7 of this Guide.

Section 6: Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment
SECTION 6 Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment

This section provides the requirements for drilling system equipment and/or component materials.
All materials are to be suitable for their intended service conditions and as defined by a recognized standard
and/or manufacturer’s material specifications.
Manufacturer’s material specifications are to be submitted for ABS review and approval.
1.1 Material Categories

Materials for drilling systems equipment/components are categorized as follows:
i) Structural load-bearing component:
a) Components supporting loads, N (lbf), due to hoisting, lifting, handling, or self/assembled
weight, etc.
b) Structural load-bearing components are to comply with the requirements of Subsection 6/3
of this Guide.
ii) Mechanical load-bearing component:
a) Components transmitting, resisting, or converting loads, N (lbf)
b) Mechanical load-bearing components are to comply with the requirements of Subsection 6/5
of this Guide.
iii) Pressure-retaining equipment and piping component:
a) Equipment/component under pressure load, MPa (psi)
b) Pressure-retaining equipment or piping components are to comply with the requirements
of Subsection 6/7 of this Guide
1.3 Material Properties

To determine the suitability of a material to withstand design stresses, the ultimate tensile strength (UTS),
specified minimum yield strength (SMYS), elongation and reduction of area are to be specified in accordance
with recognized material standards.
1.5 Corrosion – Sour Service

Materials used in drilling system equipment/components that can potentially be exposed to sour service
(H2S) are to comply with the following requirements:
i) Materials that are exposed to well bore fluids are to be selected within appropriate limits of chemical
composition, heat treatment and hardness to resist sulfide stress cracking.
ii) Selection of material is to be guided by the applicable part of NACE MR0175/ISO 15156: Materials
for use in H2S containing environment in oil and gas production.
1.7 Bolts and Nuts

Bolts and nuts are to have corrosion characteristics comparable to the structural elements being joined, and
are to be manufactured and tested in accordance with recognized material standards.

3 Materials for Structural Load-Bearing Components (1 September 2012)

Materials utilized for hoisting (derrick, mast, etc.), lifting (cranes, etc.) or handling (BOP, tubulars, etc.)
structures are considered to be “structural load-bearing”.
Structural load-bearing materials are to comply with the following requirements:
i) For hoisting and handling structures:
a) For hoisting structures, the primary load-bearing structural members for the derrick and
mast are defined in 3/11.1.1iii) of this Guide.
b) For handling structures, structural load-bearing members are considered as “primary”.
ii) For lifting structures:
a) Material applications and associated toughness requirements are to comply with the applicable
codes and standards, such as API Spec 2C, ABS Lifting Appliances Guide, or equivalent.
iii) For guidance on the selection of steel for plates, shapes and structural pipe sections, reference is to
be made to recognized standards such as API RP 2A-WSD or Section 3-1-4 of the ABS MODU
Rules.
iv) Any structural load-bearing components that are in the critical load path are to be considered as
“primary”.
3.1 Toughness
i) Structural materials are to exhibit fracture toughness which is satisfactory for the intended applications
(hoisting, handling, lifting), as evidenced by appropriate Charpy V-notch (CVN) impact testing
results, and are to be based on the specified minimum design service temperature (MDST) and
material’s specified minimum yield strength (SMYS), as specified in the table below.
ii) Other CVN criteria or alternative test data, such as crack-tip opening displacement (CTOD), nil
ductility transition (NDT) temperature, or related service experience will be considered if submitted
to ABS prior to manufacturing.

Category MDST SMYS/Material CVN Value (ave) (1)

Primary −10°C (14°F) and ≤ 270 MPa (39 ksi) Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at MDST
above
270 < SMYS ≤ 450 MPa SMYS/10 (J) at MDST
(39 < SMYS ≤ 65 ksi) or
[SMYS ((ksi)/1.45) * 0.7375] (ft-lb) at MDST
450 < SMYS ≤ 690 MPa Minimum 45 J (39 ft-lb) at MDST
(65 < SMYS ≤ 100 ksi) (4)
Primary lower than ≤ 270 MPa (39 ksi) Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at MDST
−10°C to −20°C
(14°F to −4°F) 270 < SMYS ≤ 690 MPa SMYS/10 (J) at MDST
(39 < SMYS ≤ 100 ksi) (4) or
Primary lower than ≤ 270 MPa (39 ksi) Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at 10°C (18°F) below MDST
−20°C (−4°F)
270 < SMYS ≤ 690 MPa SMYS/10 (J) at 10°C below MDST
(39 < SMYS ≤ 100 ksi) (4) or
[SMYS ((ksi)/1.45) * 0.7375] (ft-lb) at 18°F below MDST
Non-primary 0°C to −10°C All Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at MDST
(32°F to 14°F)
Non-primary lower than ≤ 270 MPa (39 ksi) Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at MDST
−10°C (14°F)
270 < SMYS ≤ 450 MPa SMYS/10 (J) at MDST
(39 < SMYS ≤ 65 ksi) or
450 < SMYS ≤ 690 MPa Minimum 45 J (39 ft-lb) at MDST
(65 < SMYS ≤ 100 ksi) (4)
Miscellaneous (2) lower than > 6.0 mm (0.236 in.) As required for applications
−20°C (−4°F)
Primary bolts and Any All As required by material specifications at MDST
nuts (3)
Notes:
1 Individual value for each of the (3) test specimens cannot be less than 2/3 of the specified minimum average.
2 For miscellaneous structures, under the scope of this Guide, refer to items such as ladders, supports, walkways,
handrails, cable trays, and other ancillary structures. In general, materials for these structures are low in thickness
and are to be suitable for their intended application, as evidenced by previous satisfactory services.
3 Primary load-bearing structural bolts and nuts are to be produced to a material specification that requires Charpy
impact tests at, or below, the specified minimum design service temperature.
4 For materials with a specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of greater than 690 MPa (100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch
properties are to be submitted for ABS review and consideration.
5 For materials with SMYS of greater than 690 MPa (100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch properties are to be submitted for
ABS review and consideration.
3.3 Galvanizing
Materials for galvanized structures are to be fabricated and designed in accordance with industry-recommended
practices. Galvanizing procedures and/or process are to be in accordance with ASTM A143, A153, A384,
A385, BCSA 40/05, and/or other hot-dip galvanizing standards. The following are to be considered in the
development of galvanizing procedures and process:
• High-strength steels with yields above 355 MPa (51 ksi)
• Adequate venting and draining

• Double-dipping practices are not permitted, except in case of galvanizing tank size limitations
• Trace elements in base metal and low Silicon weld consumables
• No flame cut edges
• Weld surface appearance free from undercuts, notches, etc.
• Inspection before and after hot-dip galvanizing
• Strain age embrittlement of cold-formed sections
• Abrupt changes in cross section
• Maximum CE of 0.44% (see CEZ calculation below) based upon the Product Analysis or if Ladle
Analysis then maximum specified chemistry values should be applied in the calculation. Steel which is
produced from scrap may contain trace elements that influence the susceptibility to hot dip galvanizing
cracking.
CEZ = C + Si/17 + Mn/7.5 + Cu/13 + Ni/17 + Cr/4.5 + Mo/3 + V/1.5 + Nb/2 + Ti/4.5 + 420B
5 Materials for Mechanical Load-Bearing Components (1 September 2012)

Materials for mechanical load-bearing components are to be selected in accordance to the applicable design
codes with consideration to toughness, corrosion resistance, and weldability, and be suitable for their intended
service conditions.
5.1 Toughness
Toughness testing for mechanical load-bearing components is to be performed in accordance with relevant
API or applicable recognized standards.
i) Toughness testing procedures, size, locations and retesting (as applicable) are to be in accordance
with the applicable recognized standard.
ii) Charpy V-Notch (CVN) impact testing is to be performed at the required temperature in the relevant
API or applicable standard or the minimum design temperature (MDT), whichever is lower.
iii) For a specified MDT above 0°C (32°F), Charpy V-Notch impact testing is to be performed at 0°C
(32°F).
iv) The absorbed energy requirement is to be in accordance with the relevant API or applicable recognized
standard.
v) Material for mechanical load-bearing components not covered by, or not in full compliance with API
standards or applicable recognized standards, the following Charpy V-Notch criteria applies:
a) For materials with specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of 450 MPa (65 ksi) or below:
1) SMYS (N/mm2)/10 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (J), but not less than 27 J
or
2) SMYS [(ksi)/1.45] * 0.7375 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (ft-lb) but not
less than 20 ft-lb
b) For materials with a SMYS greater than 450 MPa (65 ksi) and less than or equal to 690 MPa
(100 ksi)
1) Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) = 45 J (33 ft-lb)
c) For materials with a specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of greater than 690 MPa
(100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch properties are to be submitted for ABS review and consideration.
vi) Other CVN criteria or alternative test data, such as crack-tip opening displacement (CTOD), nil
vii) It should be noted that other national and international regulatory bodies may have additional
requirements for toughness. ABS will include these additional toughness requirements in the scope
of the design review and fabrication inspection, as applicable, and/or as requested.

7 Materials for Pressure-Retaining Equipment and Piping Components

(1 September 2012)
Materials for pressure-retaining equipment or piping components are to be selected in accordance to the
applicable design codes with consideration to toughness, corrosion resistance, and weldability, and to be
suitable for their intended service conditions.
7.1 Toughness
Toughness testing for pressure-retaining equipment or piping components is to be performed in accordance
with the relevant API, ASME or applicable recognized standard.
i) Toughness testing procedures, size, locations and retesting (as applicable) are to be in accordance
with the applicable recognized standard.
ii) Charpy V-Notch (CVN) impact testing is to be performed at the required temperature in the
relevant API, ASME or applicable standard or the minimum design temperature (MDT), whichever
is lower.
iii) For a specified MDT above 0°C (32°F), Charpy V-Notch impact testing is to be performed at 0°C
(32°F).
iv) The absorbed energy requirement is to be in accordance with the relevant API, ASME or applicable
recognized standard.
v) Materials for pressure-retaining equipment or piping components not covered by, or not in full
compliance with API, ASME or applicable recognized standards, the following Charpy V-Notch
criteria apply:
a) For materials with specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of 450 MPa (65 ksi) or below:
1) SMYS (N/mm2)/10 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (J), but not less than 27 J
or
2) SMYS [(ksi)/1.45] * 0.7375 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (ft-lb), but not
less than 20 ft-lb
b) For materials with a SMYS above 450 MPa (65 ksi) to 690 MPa (100 ksi):
1) Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) = 50 J (39 ft-lb)
2) In addition, lateral expansion opposite the notch is not to be less than 0.38 mm
(0.015 in.).
c) For materials with a SMYS above 690 MPa (100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch properties are to
be submitted for consideration.
1) In addition, lateral expansion opposite the notch is not to be less than 0.38 mm
(0.015 in.).
vi) Other CVN criteria or alternative test data, such as crack-tip opening displacement (CTOD), nil
vii) It should be noted that other national and international regulatory bodies may have additional
requirements for toughness. ABS will include these additional toughness requirements in the scope
of the design review and fabrication inspection, as applicable, and/or as requested.

9 Fabrication Considerations
9.1 Welding
Welding of drilling equipment and/or components is to comply with the following requirements:
i) Welding is to be in accordance with the specified design/manufacturing code and Section 7 of this
Guide.
ii) (1 September 2012) Weldments hardness, weld metal and/or heat-affected zone (HAZ), subject to
sour (H2S) service are to be in compliance with NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
9.3 Forming (2014)

Forming of materials utilized in drilling equipment and/or components are to comply with the following
requirements:
i) In general, for steel components, forming at temperatures between 205°C (400°F) and 425°C
(800°F) is to be avoided.
ii) Where degradation of properties is unavoidable, complete post forming heat treatment may be
required.
iii) Suitable supporting data is to be provided to indicate compliance with the specified properties.
iv) For materials with specified toughness properties that are to be formed beyond 3% strain* on the outer
fiber, data are to be provided indicating that the toughness properties meet the minimum requirements
after forming.
v) After straining, specimens used in toughness tests are to be subjected to an artificial aging treatment
of 288°C (550°F) for one hour.
* Note: For details, see 2-4-1/3.13 of the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2).
11 Primary Product Form
11.1 General (1 September 2012)

Wrought and cast products are to be procured in accordance with written specifications that, in addition to
property requirements, specify the frequency, location, orientation and types of test specimens.
Specific nondestructive examination requirements may be required for some product forms. See Subsection
7/11 of this Guide.
It is the equipment or component manufacturers’ responsibility to ensure the material manufacturers and/or
their sub-suppliers/vendors comply with the following requirements:
i) Sub-suppliers/vendors have an accredited and effective quality control system to meet the materials
specifications and manufacturing requirements in accordance with requirements as referenced in
the design codes and standards.
ii) Material tests are carried out by accredited test facilities to recognized standards.
iii) Material testing is performed in accordance with the requirements of the applicable material
specifications and in accordance with the design codes and standards.
iv) Materials certificates are valid for the materials they represent.
v) NDE is carried out by qualified personnel in accordance with requirements as referenced in the
design codes and standards, such as ISO 9712, ASNT, EN 473, etc.
11.3 Rolled Products

Plates, shapes and bars may be supplied in the as-rolled, thermo-mechanically processed, normalized, or
quenched and tempered condition, depending on the intended application.

11.5 Forgings (1 September 2012)

Forged products for pressure-retaining and load-bearing components are to comply with the following
requirements:
i) To be supplied in a fully worked condition to provide a wrought microstructure and internal soundness.
A forging reduction ratio of not less than 3:1 will be considered as meeting this requirement.
ii) Where a net change in the cross section does not occur during a portion of the forging operation, the
hot-working ratio representing that portion will be evaluated as a complement to the forging reduction
ratio.
a) Samples for testing are to be taken from integrally forged coupons, appropriately designed
separately forged coupons or a sacrificial forged.
b) These coupons are to be subjected to the same heat treatment as the forging.
11.7 Castings (1 September 2012)

Cast products are to be supplied in a heat-treated condition. Samples for testing are to be taken from integrally
cast coupons or appropriately designed separately cast coupons.
These coupons are to be subjected to the same heat treatment as the casting.
13 Sealing Materials
13.1 Elastomeric Sealants

i) (1 September 2012) Materials used for sealing are to be suitable for the intended operating pressures,
temperatures, and operating mediums.
ii) Age-sensitive materials for critical components are to have a defined storage life and be identified in
storage as to month and year of manufacture.
13.3 Ring Joint Gaskets

i) Ring joint gaskets are to be of soft iron, low carbon steel or stainless steel, as required by the design
standard.
ii) Gaskets that are coated with a protective coating material such as fluorocarbon or rubber for shipment
and storage are to have the coatings removed prior to installation.
15 Materials and Traceability (1 September 2012)
15.1 Materials
i) All materials used for structural load-bearing, mechanical load-bearing components, pressure-
retaining equipment/component, and piping are to be furnished with material manufacturer/ mill’s
documentation (e.g., material test reports (MTR), etc.) stating, as a minimum, the following, as
applicable:
• Material specification
• Process of manufacture
• Product heat number/batch number
• Chemical and mechanical properties, including testing standard(s)
• Heat treatment temperatures and time at temperature
• Charpy impact values and temperatures, including testing standard.
• Hardness test readings (as applicable to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156), including testing standard
• Certification by the material manufacturer/mill of compliance with the applicable recognized
material specification or manufacturer’s written specification

ii) Test coupons are required for each heat treatment for verification of mechanical properties to the
manufacturer’s written specification and/or industry standards.
15.3 Traceability
Traceability through the manufacturing process is to be documented on major structural load-bearing,
mechanical load-bearing components and pressure-retaining equipment. The manufacturers are responsible
for maintaining this documentation on file and, upon request, are to provide this information to ABS.
The traceability documentation is to include:
i) Certified material test reports, see 6/15.1i).
ii) Manufacturing Processes:
• Welding records with all approved qualifications
• Post weld heat treatment
• NDE results
• Hardness test results (as applied to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156)
• Dimensional check results
• Hydrostatic pressure tests

Section 7: Welding and Nondestructive Examination
SECTION 7 Welding and Nondestructive Examination

Welding and nondestructive examination (NDE) are to be qualified and performed in accordance with the
equipment or component design codes and standards.
1.1 Welding
i) All welds in the pressure boundary of pressure-retaining equipment, piping systems, mechanical
load-bearing and structural components are to be manufactured using qualified or ABS-approved
welding procedures and welders in accordance with the applicable equipment or component design
codes and standards. This is to include the following provisions as associated with welding procedure
and welder qualifications, as applicable:
• Mechanical testing are to be performed in accordance with recognized standards
• Inspections of welds to applicable NDE procedures by qualified NDE technicians in accordance
with recognized standards
ii) The Surveyor can accept, at his discretion, welding procedures and welder qualifications at shipyard
or manufacturing plant where it is established to his satisfaction that they have been qualified and
effectively used for similar work under similar conditions.
iii) The Surveyor is to be satisfied that all welders and welding operators to be employed in the
manufacturing of systems, subsystems, equipment or components are properly qualified and
experienced in the work proposed.
iv) The Surveyor is also to be satisfied as to the employment of a sufficient number of skilled supervisors
to provide a thorough supervision and control of all welding operations.
1.3 Nondestructive Examination (NDE)

i) Weld sections within pressure-retaining equipment, piping systems, mechanical load-bearing and
structural components are to be examined for surface and volumetric flaws to the extent specified
in the applicable design code, but not to a lesser extent than that specified in this section.
ii) Inspection of welds, utilizing methods outlined in this section, is to be carried out to the satisfaction
of the Surveyor.
3 Specifications
Welding Procedure Specification (WPS), corresponding Procedure Qualification Record (PQR), and
Nondestructive Examination (NDE) procedures are to be submitted for review as part of the design submittal
as required in Subsection 2/7 and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
i) WPS, PQR and NDE procedures are to be developed in accordance with the requirements of the
selected design codes for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components for the
intended service.
ii) The requirements and extent of NDE are to be in accordance with the requirements of the selected
design codes for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components.

3.1 Welding Procedure Specification

A written WPS is to be prepared in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
or ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code, or equivalent, depending on the equipment or component.
i) The WPS is to describe in detail all essential and nonessential variables to the welding process(es)
employed in the procedure.
ii) Welding procedure specifications are to be qualified and the PQR documenting the following data
is to be made available to the attending Surveyors:
• Maximum hardness values (for well bore fluid service)
• Minimum and average toughness values for weld heat-affected zone and weld metal (absorbed
energy or lateral expansion, both by Charpy method, where the base metal is required to be
impact-tested in accordance with Sections 3 or 6 of this Guide)
• Minimum tensile strength
• Results from other tests required by the applicable code or standard
iii) Where welding equipment and consumables have not been used previously at the manufacturer’s
facility or are outside of the essential variable limits defined in the existing WPS or if specifically
requested by the attending Surveyor, the WPS is to be qualified by welding procedure qualification
process in the presence of the Surveyor.
iv) The qualification process may require the submittal of relative WPS and supporting PQRs to the
ABS Technical office for review and agreement.
3.3 NDE Procedures

NDE procedures are to be specified and the parameters of test specification (method), extent of examination
and acceptance criteria are to be submitted for review and be available to the attending Surveyor.
5 Welder/Welding Operator Qualification

Welders and welding operators are to be qualified by qualification tests conducted and evaluated in accordance
with the applicable code for each welding process and for each position used in production welding.
Welder/welding operator qualification records are to be made available to the Surveyor.
7 Qualification of Nondestructive Technicians

The manufacturers are to certify that personnel performing and evaluating the NDE examinations have
been qualified and certified in accordance with their employer’s written practice.
i) American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A or
equivalent is to be used as a guideline for employers to establish their written practice for qualification
and certification of their personnel.
ii) Certification documents of NDE technicians are to be made available to the Surveyor.
9 Post Weld Heat Treatment

Accurate records of all heat treatments during fabrication, including rates of heating and cooling, hold time
and soaking temperature are to be made available to the Surveyor.
Alternative methods of stress relief will be subject to special consideration by ABS where post-weld heat
treatment is not a requirement of the applicable manufacturing code.

11 Nondestructive Examination
(1 September 2012) All weldments and other critical sections covered under Subsection 7/1 of this Guide are
to be subjected to 100% visual examination, and nondestructive examination for surface and volumetric
defects in accordance with the relevant design code, the ABS NDE Guide, and this Guide.
Examinations are to be carried out after any postweld heat treatment.
11.1 Extent of Examination for Materials and Welds

The extent of NDE for materials and welds is to comply with the following requirements:
i) (1 September 2012) All highly-stressed areas, such as gross structural discontinuities, changes in
geometry, sharp edges/corners, etc., of forgings and castings of primary components used in well
control are to be examined for flaws by methods capable of detecting and sizing significant internal
defects.
ii) Methods to detect surface flaws are also to be used in special applications. Substantiation is to be
provided for areas exempted from examination in the terms of stress levels, quality control procedures
at the foundry, forming or casting procedures, or documented historical data.
iii) Repair welds are to be subject to 100% surface NDE.
iv) (1 September 2012) All welds of structural members considered primary are to be inspected 100%
by the ultrasonic or radiographic method.
v) (1 September 2012) Twenty percent of all welds of structural members considered non-primary
are to be inspected by the ultrasonic or radiographic method.
vi) Welds of structural members considered to be secondary are to be inspected by the ultrasonic or
radiographic method on a random basis.
vii) In locations where ultrasonic test results are not considered reliable, the use of magnetic-particle
or dye-penetrant inspection as a supplement to ultrasonic inspection is to be conducted.
viii) Welds for mechanical load-bearing components or pressure-retaining equipment are to be examined
by nondestructive methods capable of detecting and sizing significant surface and internal defects.
11.3 Inspection for Delayed (Hydrogen-Induced) Cracking (1 September 2012)

11.3.1 Time of Inspection
i) Nondestructive testing of weldments in steels of 415 N/mm2 (60,000 psi) specified minimum
yield strength (SMYS) or greater is to be conducted at a suitable interval after welds have
been completed and cooled to ambient temperature. The following guidance of interval is
to be used, unless specially approved otherwise:
a) Minimum 48 hours of interval time for steels of 415 MPa (60,000 psi) SMYS or
greater but less than 620 MPa (90,000 psi) SMYS
b) Minimum 72 hours of interval time for steel greater than or equal to 620 MPa
(90,000 psi) SMYS
ii) At the discretion of the Surveyor, a longer interval and/or additional random inspection at
a later period may be required. The 72 hour interval may be reduced to 48 hours for
radiographic inspection or ultrasonic inspection, provided a complete visual and random
magnetic particle or dye-penetrant inspection to the satisfaction of the Surveyor is conducted
72 hours after welds have been completed and cooled to ambient temperature.
iii) The delay period for steels less than 450 MPa (65,000 psi) and less than 12 mm (0.47 in.)
thick may be decreased to 24 hours if the heat input applied during welding is less than
3.5 kJ/mm and there is satisfactory evidence that there is no hydrogen cracking occurring
after 48 hours.

11.3.2 Delayed Cracking Occurrences

i) When delayed cracking is encountered in production, previously completed welds are to
be reinspected for delayed cracking to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
ii) At the discretion of the Surveyor, re-qualification of procedures or additional production
control procedures may be required for being free of delayed cracking in that production
welds.
11.5 Methods and Acceptance Criteria

(1 September 2012) The methods for performing the nondestructive examination and the acceptance standards
to be used for each type of examination, in general, are to be in accordance with the applicable design codes
and standards and the requirements as specified below, as applicable:
11.5.1 Magnetic Particle Examination (1 September 2012)
i) Methods:
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V Article 7: “Magnetic Particle
Examination”
• ASTM E709: “Standard Recommended Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination”
ii) Acceptance Criteria:
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 6: “Methods
for Magnetic Particle Examination (MT)”
• ANSI/AWS D1.1: “Structural Welding Code – Steel” – Clause 6 Part C
11.5.2 Liquid Penetrant Examination
i) Methods:
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V Article 6: “Liquid Penetrant
Examination”
• ASTM E165: “Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Inspection”
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 8: “Methods
for Liquid Penetrant Examination (PT)”
11.5.3 Radiographic Examination
i) Methods:
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V Article 2: “Radiographic
Examination”
• ASTM E94: “Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination”
• ASTM E446: “Standard Reference Radiographs for Steel Castings up to 2 in. in
Thickness”
• ASTM E186: “Standard Reference Radiographs for Heavy Walled (2 to 4.5 in.)
(51 to 114 mm) Steel Castings”
• ASTM E280: “Standard Reference Radiographs for (4.5 to 12 in.) (114 to 305 mm)
Steel Castings”
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 4: “Rounded
Indications Charts Acceptance Standard for Radiographically Determined Rounded
Indications in Welds.”

11.5.4 Ultrasonic Examination

i) Methods:
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section V, Article 5: “UT Examination Methods
for Materials and Fabrication”
• ASTM A388: “Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Heavy Steel Forgings”
• ASTM E428: “Standard Practice for Fabrication and Control of Steel Reference Blocks
Used in Ultrasonic Inspection”
• ASTM A609: “Standard Practice for Casting, Carbon, Low-Alloy, and Martensitic
Stainless Steel, Ultrasonic Examination Thereof”
• ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 12: “Ultrasonic
Examination of Welds (UT)”
• API RP-2X: “Ultrasonic Examination of Offshore Structural Fabrication and Guidelines
for Qualification of Ultrasonic Technicians”
11.5.5 Hardness Testing
i) Methods:
• ASTM E10: “Standard Test Methods for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials”
• ASTM E18: “Standard Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial
Hardness of Metallic Materials”
• ASTM E92: “Standard Test Method for Vickers Hardness of Metallic Materials”
• NACE MR0175/ISO 1515: “Materials for use in H2S containing environments in oil
and gas production”
13 Record Retention
The manufacturer(s) is to maintain the following records after completion, and these records are to be
made available to the Surveyor upon request:
i) Weld Procedure Specification (WPS)
ii) Procedure Qualification Records (PQR)
iii) Welder/welding operator performance test records, including the date and test results and identification
of work assigned to each welder
iv) A record providing traceability and capable of identifying the welders who have carried out welding
on a particular part
v) Qualification records for all personnel performing nondestructive examinations and evaluating
results of examination
vi) Nondestructive Examination records, including radiographs (the manufacturer is to provide a suitable
viewer to properly illuminate radiographs)

Section 8: Surveys at Vendor’s Plant, During Installation and Commissioning
SECTION 8 Surveys at Vendor’s Plant, During Installation

and Commissioning
1 General
This section pertains to surveys of drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or components at the vendor’s
manufacturing plant and their installation onboard the drilling unit for system build-up and completion for
final trials prior to commencement of drilling operations.
3 Surveys at Manufacture and During Assembly (1 December 2015)

When the Surveyor’s attendance at the manufacturer’s plant and at the assembly site is required by the
applicable ABS Rules or this Guide, the manufactured/assembled system and/or equipment will be verified
for satisfactory compliance with the codes and/or standards, and the additional requirements of this Guide.
See Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide for drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component fabrication
survey and testing requirements.
i) (1 September 2012) It is recommended that a prefabrication or kick-off meeting between the
manufacturer/fabricator and ABS-designated Surveyor(s) is to be scheduled in order, but not
limited to:
• Confirm and/or establish the main point of contacts (PoC) for the manufacturer and ABS
• Review the project quality plans
• Review proposed manufacturing specification - See 2/7.27 of this Guide, as applicable
• Review project manufacturing and delivery schedules
• Review any proposed sub-contractor lists and/or qualifications
• Confirm specification, drawings and/or documentation associated with the manufacturing process
ii) ABS Surveyor’s attendance is typically for the following purposes, but not limited to:
• (1 September 2012) To confirm that the facilities to manufacture, fabricate or repair drilling
system subsystem, equipment, and/or components have an accredited and maintain an effective
quality control program covering design, procurement, manufacturing and testing, as applicable,
and meeting the requirements of a recognized standard applied to their product
• To qualify or verify welder’s qualifications to the extent deemed necessary by the attending
ABS Surveyor
• To qualify or verify welding procedure specifications and corresponding weld procedure
qualification records to the extent deemed necessary by the attending ABS Surveyor
• To verify material certificates/documentation
• To survey fit-up prior to major weldments
• To survey final weldments
• To witness, as far as deemed necessary, nondestructive examination tests of welds and to review
records of nondestructive examinations

Section 8 Surveys at Vendor’s Plant, During Installation and Commissioning
• To review records of post-weld heat treatment, in particular for piping subjected to pressurized
sour service and subject to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 requirements
• To verify dimensions are as shown on approved drawings
• To check dimensional tolerances and alignment of mating surfaces
• To witness prototype testing of drilling equipment or components in accordance with the
applicable API requirements. For drilling equipment of an existing design, documentation of
prototype testing is to be made available to the Surveyor for consideration.
• To witness pressure and/or proof-load testing of equipment and as a unit, as applicable and as
specified in the fabrication procedures
• To witness final testing and functional testing of subassemblies and completed units, as specified
in the fabrication procedures
• To verify all purged and pressurized systems, motor controllers, SCR banks, consoles and
instrumentation and control panels are in compliance with approved drawings
• (1 September 2012) To carry out other examinations as agreed upon during prefabrication meeting
• (1 September 2012) To confirm compliance with associated ABS approval letter or IRC.
• (1 September 2012) To review and approve final manufacturing Data Book and issue final
survey report and CoC, as applicable.
iii) (1 September 2012) Materials test reports (MTRs), see Subsection 6/15, are to be made available to
the attending Surveyor during the manufacturing process. In general, materials associated with
equipment and/or components that require Surveyor’s attendance in accordance with Section 4,
Table 1, are to have complete traceability with MTR’s. As a minimum, MTR’s are to be provided
for the following:
• Materials for structural-load bearing components
• Materials for mechanical-load bearing components
• Materials for pressure-retaining equipment/components
• All piping, valves and fittings with an ANSI B16.5 Class 150 or greater
• All bolts and nuts for fastening and/or connections
3.1 Testing of Well Control Equipment and BOP’s

The testing conducted at the manufacturer’s plant and witnessed by the Surveyor for all well control equipment
and BOPs is to include the following:
i) Prototype testing in accordance with API Spec 16A of each design is to be performed in the presence
of the Surveyor.
ii) A hydrostatic body or shell test, hydraulic operating system test and closed preventer test in accordance
with API Spec 16A. All tests are to be documented by a chart recorder.
iii) Shear ram test to verify shear capacity is required in accordance with 3/3.1.3vii) of this Guide and
API Spec 16A, as applicable.
iv) The manufacturer is to test well control equipment that incorporates a dynamic mode of sealing for
low-pressure integrity at 2.07 MPa (300 psi).
Additional testing requirements are to be in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.

3.3 Testing of Marine Drilling Riser System and Associated Components (1 September
2012)
Components of the marine drilling riser system such as the connectors, tensioning unit, riser recoil system,
telescopic joint, service lines, etc. (except risers) are to be thoroughly tested to ascertain their compliance
with design requirements and their compatibility in forming the complete system.
i) Hydrostatic testing of components is to be carried out at the manufacturer’s plant or rebuilding.
ii) The number of riser joints tested will be as specified in the approved design of the manufacturer,
as required in this Guide. See Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide for additional testing requirements.
3.5 Testing of Drill String Compensation System

Individual equipment and/or components of the drill string compensation system are to be tested in accordance
with the applicable codes and standards, and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
3.7 Testing of Bulk Storage, Circulating and Transfer Systems

Individual equipment and/or components of the bulk storage, circulating, and transfer systems are to be tested
in accordance with the applicable codes and standards, and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
3.9 Testing of Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating, and Handling Systems (1 September 2012)
Individual equipment and/or components of the hoisting, lifting, rotating, and handling systems are to be tested
(load test, functional test) in accordance with the applicable codes and standards and Section 4, Table 1 of this
Guide.
For tubular handling systems, the following additional testing is to be performed:
i) Mechanized tubular handling systems must have their safety controls verified on computer-based
racking systems.
ii) Indexing of all mechanical movement must be verified by operational testing. This procedure is to
be carried out in all available fingerboard configurations, and system safety verified.
3.11 Testing of Skid Structures

Where an equipment/component is to be mounted on a skid structure, an ABS Surveyor’s attendance is
required to verify that the skid structure is in compliance with ABS reviewed structural design calculations
as referenced in Subsection 3/23 of this Guide, and to at least carry out the following:
i) Verify material test reports (MTRs) of skid materials.
ii) Visual examination of final weldments of skid structure.
iii) (1 September 2012) Witness load testing of the skid structure lifting attachments/lugs or padeyes.
Load test of the skid is to be carried out at maximum static load the lifting attachments/lugs or
padeyes may be subjected to during the transportation or installation of the equipment/machinery
onboard the unit (see 3/11.5.4).
iv) (1 September 2012) Witness surface NDE of skid structure weldments of the lifting attachments/lugs
or padeyes, after completion of the skid structure load test. MT is recommended for NDE
methodology for surface flaw detection.
v) Examination of drip pan arrangements (see 3/23.3).

5 Onboard Surveys During Installation

Onboard installation tests of all drilling systems are to be verified by an ABS Surveyor and are to be in
accordance with ABS-agreed test procedures. The following surveys are to be carried out by ABS Surveyors
on systems during installation and testing in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
i) Piping systems are to be visually examined, nondestructively examined and pressure-tested, as required
by the ABS MODU Rules or applicable API standards.
ii) Pressure tests conducted on Group I piping systems (refer to 4-2-1/5 of the ABS MODU Rules)
are to be preferably recorded on test charts for the duration of their tests. Minimum time for holding
pressure is to be 15 minutes.
iii) All pressure relief and safety valves are to be tested.
iv) Installed choke and kill systems are to be pressure-tested at rated working pressure and also subjected
to a low-pressure test at 2.07 MPa (300 psi). Applicable performance tests are to be carried out.
v) Assembly and installation of the drilling derrick is to be examined, to include erection of derrick
structure, welding and bolt torqueing, water table, crown block and turn-over sheaves assembly,
guide rails for hoisting equipment, derrick-mounted equipment and outfitting items, installation
and pressure testing of drilling and related piping systems, overall dimensional control, and final
alignment and bolting on the drill floor/substructure foundations.
vi) Derrick:
a) Assembled and installed derrick is to be visually examined, including welding and bolting,
torqueing, its water table, crown block and turnover sheaves assembly, guide rails for hoisting
equipment, derrick-mounted equipment, and outfitting items.
b) Derrick dimensional control, final alignment and bolting on the drill floor/substructure
foundations are to comply with manufacturer’s specifications and tolerances.
c) API Spec 4F does not require load test of the derrick structure unless specified in the client’s
PO as per the supplementary requirements “Appendix A – SR2” of the API Specification.
In this regard, this Guide does not require load testing of the derrick.
vii) Mud pump operational test is to be carried out in accordance with a test procedure agreed by the
attending Surveyor.
viii) Drawworks: (1 September 2012)
As a minimum, the following tests are to be performed for all drawworks in accordance with the
ABS-approved OEM’s test specifications that are also to include the OEM’s acceptance criteria
(see 2/7.27):
a) Drawwork static load test, at vendor or onboard installation:
1) See Section 4, Table 1 for test load requirements.
2) On self-elevating units, deflection testing of the cantilever may also qualify as
the static and structural testing of drawworks.
3) On column-stabilized or surface type units, where a full rated load test may constitute
increased risk or a safety concern to the unit or personnel, alternative testing methods
such as load testing at a reduced number of lines with corresponding rated load
may be considered on a case-by-case basis. Request for such consideration is to
be submitted to ABS and agreed upon prior to commencement of the test.

b) Brake test, at vendor or onboard installation:

1) Brake burnishing test. Burnishing test is to be performed for the primary brake
with consideration to brake’s clamping force, drum speed, RPM, or motor speed.
The following tasks are to be performed:
• Temperature at calipers and motor are to be monitored and recorded.
• The burnishing results such as percentage of lining contact, bright surface,
etc., are to be monitored and recorded.
• Verification of “gapping”, the distance between the brakes and the brake discs,
is to be performed and recorded.
2) Brake verification. After the brake burnishing test, item 8/5viii)b)1), individual
verification of each caliper is to be performed, as applicable, under drum/motor load.
• Motor amperage and voltage, hydraulic pressure, and loads, as applicable,
associated with caliper slippage are to be monitored and recorded.
• Each caliper must demonstrate adequate capacity as designed.
3) Dynamic/Performance brake holding test. Dynamic/performance brake holding
test is to be performed at 100% rated load for a period of at least 5 minutes for
the primary brake. This test is to include, but not limited to, the following:
• Drawwork is to stop its rotation within the timeframe as specified in the
approved OEM’s specifications, including the specified applied voltage and
amperage
• Monitor and confirm brake holding capability including the caliper pressure,
as specified in the approved OEM’s specification.
• Monitor and record caliper pressure, temperature, and fluid flow.
• Visual inspection of brakes and hydraulic leakage are to be performed.
The dynamic/performance brake holding test may be carried out by using a reduced
number of lines with corresponding rated load and in accordance with the drawworks
approved OEM’s testing procedures/specifications.
4) Emergency brake test:
• Performed at 100% rated load
• Simulate loss of hydraulic supply or primary brake failure.
• Verify hydraulic, or air release spring set is functional.
5) Electromagnetic brake test:
• Electromagnetic braking system tests are to be performed for compliance
with approved OEM’s specifications.
• Additional provisions of the drawworks electromagnetic braking system are
provided in 3/11.3.1xii).
c) Functional test, at vendor or onboard installation:
1) Rotational check:
• Verify rotation for both directions.
2) Rotational test: Rotational test is to be performed at 100% rated drum/motor
speed in both directions for a period of at least five minutes. Repeat this step three (3)
times or in accordance with OEM specifications. The following are to be monitored
and recorded for each test:

• Bearing temperature for motor, gearbox and drum

• Gearbox temperature
• Drum temperature
ix) (1 September 2012) Systems, subsystems, equipment and component associated with tensioning
system and compensation system are to be tested in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this
Guide.
x) (1 September 2012) Systems, subsystems, equipment and component associated with all hoisting,
lifting, handling and rotating systems are to be tested in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this
Guide.
xi) (1 September 2012) All drilling systems and associated subsystems and equipment are to be checked
for proper operation.
xii) Control system and shutdowns are to be tested to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
xiii) All wiring and electrical connections are to be checked for continuity and proper workmanship in
accordance with the ABS MODU Rules.
xiv) (1 September 2012) The CDS equipment database developed and completed by the attending
Surveyor(s) after manufacturing, installation and commissioning of the drilling system is to be
provided to the drilling unit Owner and retained onboard. The Owner is to:
a) Verify for completeness and correctness;
b) Amend and update, as necessary, to facilitate equipment or component’s traceability as related
to repair, maintenance, replacement and/or modification activities;
c) Endorse as part of the onboard ABS documentation, and
d) Maintain the database as long as the drilling system is maintained under ABS Classification.
xv) The completed burner assembly is to be pressure-tested from the flexible line connection flange to
the burner head. The adequacy of the boom’s slewing and topping gear is to be demonstrated by
testing after the boom’s installation on the drilling unit. The details of the test procedure are to be
agreed upon with ABS and witnessed by a Surveyor.
5.1 Testing of Base-mounted Winches and Other Lifting Appliances

Testing of base-mounted winches and other lifting appliances are to comply with the following requirements
and procedures:
i) Load Test – After installation, the system is to be tested with a load equal to 125% of the rated
capacity in the presence of the Surveyor. Satisfactory operation of power drives and brakes is to
be demonstrated. After being tested, the system with all its components is to be visually examined
for permanent deformation and failure.
ii) Performance Test – Testing in the presence of the Surveyor is to demonstrate that rated line pull
can be achieved at rated speed with the outermost layer of wire on the drum.
iii) Brake Holding Test – It is to be demonstrated that the brakes have the ability to stop and hold
100% of the design load. Confirmatory testing to demonstrate the braking effect of variable frequency
drive AC motors is to be carried out upon installation onboard.
5.3 Testing of Burner/Flare Boom

The adequacy of the boom’s slewing and topping gear is to be demonstrated by testing after the boom’s
installation on the drilling unit. The details of the test procedure are to be agreed upon with ABS and
witnessed by a Surveyor.
Functional testing of the completed burner assembly is to be carried out by pressure testing from the
flexible line connection flange to the burner head.

7 Commissioning Surveys of the Drilling Systems (1 December 2015)

Commissioning of all drilling systems is to be verified by an attending ABS Surveyor and is to be in accordance
with ABS-agreed test procedures. Commissioning surveys are at a minimum to include verification of the
following items by the attending Surveyor during the drilling system trials:
i) Proper hook-up and testing of the entire drilling system equipment and components is completed
prior to commissioning. This is to include all tests outlined in Subsection 8/5 of this Guide.
ii) Necessary safety precautions are taken during commissioning, which are to include checks of
operational readiness of the fire and gas detection system, fire extinguishing system, ESD systems,
unobstructed escape routes, etc.
iii) Necessary communication procedures are established prior to commissioning.
iv) Necessary emergency procedures are readily available to deal with any contingencies such as
spillage, fire, and other hazards. Drills prior to commencement of commissioning may be carried
out to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor to confirm readiness of these procedures.
v) Readiness of all utility support systems, including main and auxiliary sources for the drilling system,
prior to commissioning. Random start-up and testing of the utility support systems to extent deemed
necessary by the attending Surveyor.
vi) Readiness of the purged drilling system equipment/components, and associated alarms and shutdowns,
prior to commissioning, and random testing of the purged alarms systems during commissioning,
to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor.
vii) Proper operation of the mud level alarms while the drilling system is running, including random
simulation of associated alarms.
viii) Proper operation of the hazardous area access and ventilation system while the drilling system is
running, including random simulation of associated alarms and shutdowns.
ix) System’s capability to control the flow of the well affluent in a stabilized manner, without undue
control upsets, when drilling medium is introduced into the system.
x) Satisfactory functioning of all drilling systems installed onboard and covered under this Guide.
This will include witnessing proper function of the following systems, as applicable, while simulating
actual drilling operations to the extent possible and practicable, and to the satisfaction of the attending
Surveyor:
• Well control system
• Marine drilling riser system
• Drill string compensation system
• Bulk storage, circulating and transfer system
• (1 September 2012) Hoisting, lifting, rotating and handling system
• Well test system
• Miscellaneous support systems
xi) Satisfactory testing of all ROV intervention functions on the subsea BOP stack during the stump
test and testing at least one set of rams in initial test to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
xii) Satisfactory functional testing of autoshear, deadman, and EDS systems on the subsea BOP stack
during the stump test to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
xiii) Post-commissioned drilling system is in stabilized and satisfactory functioning order for duration
of at least 12 hours.
xiv) Satisfactory functioning of the emergency power equipment to ensure proper operations.

Section 9: Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class
SECTION 9 Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of

Class

(1 December 2015) The provisions of this section are requirements for the maintenance of Classification of
the drilling systems. These requirements are in addition to the provisions noted in other ABS Rules such as
Part 6 of the ABS MODU Rules.
When ABS is authorized to perform surveys on behalf of a governmental authority, or when requested by the
Owner/Operator, items as specified by the governmental authority or Owner/Operator will be surveyed.
Reports indicating the results of such surveys will be issued.
For purposes of this section, the commissioning date of the drilling system will be the date on which a
Surveyor issues an Interim Class Certificate for the drilling unit with the CDS notation.
Where a CDS Sub-Notation is applied that limits the scope of CDS classification, only those equipment
items listed in the units class record are subject to surveys to maintain classification.
1.1 Survey Intervals

All Annual and Special Periodical Surveys of Drilling Systems/Equipment, as defined in 9/5.1 and 9/5.3,
respectively, of this Guide, are to be carried out at the same time and interval as the periodical Classification
survey of the drilling unit in order that they are recorded with the same crediting date.
i) An Annual Survey of the drilling systems is to be carried out by a Surveyor within three months
before or after of each annual anniversary date of the initial Classification survey.
ii) A Special Periodical Survey of the drilling system is to be carried out within five (5) years of the
initial Classification certification survey and at five-year intervals thereafter.
iii) Required surveys are to be completed within three (3) months of their due dates.
iv) Any part of the drilling system may be offered for survey prior to the due date when so desired, in
which case, the survey will be credited as of that date.
v) Annual and Special Periodical Surveys are to be scheduled preferably when the Owner/Operator
has scheduled an overhaul of the drilling system:
a) Annual Surveys are to be scheduled to coincide with the planned or routine MIT of the
BOP stack.
b) Special Periodical Surveys are to be scheduled to coincide with the Owner/Operator’s
planned major maintenance, inspection and testing (MIT) of the BOP stack.
1.3 Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plans (DEMP) and Maintenance Records

The Owner/Operator is to develop a Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plan (DEMP) and approved by ABS,
for the MIT of the overall drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component.
i) The DEMP plan is to explain how each system and equipment is to be examined and tested during
annual (see 9/5.1) and special periodical survey (see 9/5.3), or alternatives of Subsection 9/7.
ii) The DEMP is to incorporate/include the OEM’s and Owner’s MIT practices.
iii) The DEMP is to clearly identify the record retention requirements.
iv) All ABS surveys (annual and special periodical) are to be carried out in accordance with an
ABS-agreed DEMP.

v) Maintenance records are to be kept and made available for review by the attending Surveyor. The
maintenance records will be reviewed to establish the scope and content of the required Annual
and Special Periodical Surveys that are to be carried out by a Surveyor.
vi) During the service life of the drilling system equipment, maintenance records are to be updated on
a continuing basis.
vii) The Owner/Operator is to inform ABS of any changes to the maintenance procedures and their
frequencies as may be caused, for example, by changes or additions to the original drilling equipment.
viii) The Surveyor may determine during the periodic survey if the changes are sufficient to warrant
review by the ABS Engineering staff.
3 Surveys Onshore and Issuance of Maintenance Release Notes

During operation of the drilling unit when parts of the classed drilling system equipment are returned ashore
for maintenance, repair or modification purposes, it is the responsibility of the Owner/Operator to inform
Surveyors of the scope of work at the shore facility/plant.
i) The maintenance of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or component is to be in accordance
with the OEM’s and Owner’s specifications.
ii) (1 September 2012) The repair and modification plans/procedures of drilling systems, subsystems,
equipment or component are to be in accordance with OEM’s and Owner’s specifications and
submitted for ABS approval.
iii) (1 September 2012) It is recommended that a prefabrication or kick-off meeting between the
manufacturer/fabricator and ABS-designated Surveyor(s) is to be scheduled for the maintenance,
repair or modification purposes in order, but not limited to:
• Confirm and/or establish the main point of contacts (PoC) for the manufacturer and ABS
• Review the project and/or manufacturer’s quality plans
• Review proposed manufacturing specifications – See 2/7.27 of this Guide, as applicable
• Review project manufacturing and delivery schedules
• Review any proposed sub-contractor lists and/or qualifications
• Confirm OEM’s specifications, drawings and/or documentation associated with the maintenance,
repair or modification process
iv) Surveyors are to attend the facility/plant for the required function, load and/or pressure testing
carried out on the drilling system equipment prior to their release back offshore to the drilling unit.
Tests conducted are to follow guidelines outlined in API standards or equivalent.
v) Upon completion of visual examination, review of applicable documentation and satisfactory
completion of tests, a “Maintenance Release Note” (MRN) is to be issued by the attending Surveyor,
subject to satisfactory installation of the component on the drilling unit and examination of the
component during the forthcoming Annual Survey.
vi) See Appendix 6 for an example of the “Maintenance Release Note” (MRN) to be issued by Surveyors.
vii) All MRNs are to be maintained onboard the drilling unit as part of the Owner/Operator’s maintenance
record and for verification by the attending Surveyor during Classification surveys of the unit.

5 Survey of Drilling Systems (1 September 2012)
5.1 Annual Surveys CDS and CDS Sub-Class Notations

(1 December 2015) At each Annual Survey, the Surveyor is to verify the effectiveness of various systems and
equipment, designated by the CDS Class notation and noted in the unit’s class record, by visual examination
and testing, as appropriate. As a minimum, the following is to be carried out to the satisfaction of the
attending Surveyor for equipment listed in the unit’s class record that is subject to CDS Classification:
i) (1 December 2015) Review of Owner/Operator’s maintenance manual and relevant logs/records to
confirm that:
a) A suitable maintenance program (e.g., DEMP, etc.) has been followed.
b) Periodical testing requirements have been carried out, as applicable.
c) Any repairs, replacements, reconditioning or renewals of well control systems/equipment,
drilling support systems/equipment or support systems and equipment, as defined in the
scope of the CDS Classification designation were carried out according to the applicable
codes and standards and the requirements of this Guide.
ii) Review of ABS-issued MRNs and/or CoCs since initial or last Annual Survey, and examination of
this equipment to extent deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor.
iii) (1 December 2015) Review of ABS Drilling System equipment list for approved changes made to
the drilling system equipment, and examination of this equipment to the extent deemed necessary
by the attending Surveyor.
iv) Exposed surfaces of the derrick, ladders, working/service platforms, arresting gear, drilling hoisting
systems, lifting devices, burner booms, stabbing boards, racking boards/platforms and drilling
equipment foundations are to be examined and placed in satisfactory condition, as found necessary.
The inspection of the derrick and related structural members will include the following:
a) The general condition of the structure, especially bent, missing or abraded parts and lost
corrosion protection coatings.
b) Tightness of bolts and the integrity of secondary retention mechanism where originally
installed.
c) Condition of wire ropes and fittings.
v) Examination of all mounting hardware and the structure of base-mounted winches and other lifting
devices. Magnetic Particle Inspection (MPI) may be carried out as deemed necessary by the attending
Surveyor.
vi) General external examination so far as accessible of the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and
components as noted in the scope of 1/7.5 of this Guide for damage, excess corrosion, fracturing
or malfunctions, etc.
vii) Protective covers, insulation, shrouds and protective guards around moving parts are to be found
in place and in functional condition.
viii) Derrick walkways and ladders, drill floor and drill system machinery spaces to be surveyed with
particular attention to fire and explosion hazards and confirmation that emergency escape routes
are not blocked.
ix) External examination of pressure vessels and their appurtenances, including safety devices,
foundations, controls, relieving gear, piping systems, flexible lines/hydraulic hoses, insulation and
gauges.
x) Examination of safety shutdown devices with functional testing as deemed necessary by the attending
Surveyor.
xi) General examination of all electrical and instrumentation systems, including protective devices
and cable supports.
xii) Examination of mud and cement systems.

xiii) Examination of the BOP stack, to the extent as practical, inclusive of choke and kill manifold, test
log and maintenance records.
xiv) Testing of the BOP equipment in accordance with API RP 53, or as required by local regulations:
• Pressure and functional testing
• Control system testing
xv) Review BOP inspections and maintenance records in accordance with Section 17 (surface BOP’s)
and/or Section 18 (subsea BOP’s) of API RP 53.
5.3 Special Periodical Surveys

(1 December 2015) The Special Periodical Survey is to include all items listed under the Annual Survey, and,
in addition, the following is to be carried out to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor for equipment
listed in the unit’s class record that is subject to CDS Classification:
i) Review of Owner/Operator’s maintenance records to review and confirm that:
a) Periodical testing requirements have been carried out, as applicable.
b) Any repairs, replacements, reconditioning or renewals of well control systems/equipment,
drilling support systems/equipment or support systems and equipment, as defined in the
scope of this Guide, were carried out according to the applicable codes and standards and
the requirements of this Guide.
ii) Internal examination and/or thickness gauging of pressure vessels and pressure-retaining components,
testing of relief valves and pressure piping systems, as considered necessary by the Surveyor.
iii) Hydrostatic testing of pressure vessels and other pressure-retaining components related to the drilling
system to their MAWP.
iv) Hydrostatic testing of drilling system piping systems and flexible lines/hydraulic hoses to their MAWP.
v) Examination and check of insulation resistance of motors that are part of the drilling system.
vi) Examination of rotating drilling machinery to verify suitable operation, free from excessive vibration.
vii) The blowout preventer is to be subjected to a complete performance test and pressure-tested to its
MAWP.
viii) Examination of mud and cement pump fluid ends.
ix) Functional testing of derrick gear, drilling hoisting systems and derrick floor lifting devices.
x) Close examination of the condition of welded joints on the derrick and associated structure, including
nondestructive testing (including thickness gauging if required) of any suspect areas noted by the
attending Surveyor.
xi) Examination of the equipment associated with the well control system and their maintenance records.
xii) Satisfactory functioning of the emergency power equipment to ensure proper operation.
xiii) Retesting of lifting appliances in accordance with the load testing requirements of the applicable
design codes and standards, such as API Spec 2C, ABS Lifting Appliances Guide, etc.
5.5 Unscheduled Survey

Upon notifications by the Owner/Operator, Surveyor’s attendance is required under the following conditions:
i) If the blind-shear or casing shear ram was activated in a well control situation, the Owner/Operator is
to inform ABS of the BOP stack retrieval. ABS Surveyor is to be in attendance for the
Owner/Operator’s inspection and testing of the retrieved BOP stack.
ii) When the Owner/Operator performs major MIT of the BOP stack, planned or unplanned, the
Owner/Operator is to inform ABS of the MIT plans for the BOP stack, and these are to be
performed under ABS Surveyor’s attendance.

iii) (1 December 2015) When the Owner/Operator seeks to limit the scope of CDS class per 1/5.1 of this
Guide, the Owner is to contact ABS for special instructions. Upon Verification of the class records
and completion of a survey on board to update the vessel information module with the applicable
equipment, the attending Surveyor will issue a Class Certification with the limited CDS designations.
7 Alternatives to Periodical Survey (1 September 2012)

Alternative survey programs, as outlined below, can be implemented to achieve and complete the survey
objectives as specified in 9/5.1 and 9/5.3.
The alternative survey program is to be submitted by the Owner/Operator to ABS for review and approval.
7.1 Continuous Survey Program

At the request of the Owner/Operator, and upon approval of the proposed arrangements, a system of Continuous
Survey may be undertaken whereby the Special Periodical Survey requirements are carried out in regular
rotations to complete all requirements of the particular Special Periodical Survey within a five-year period.
i) The completion date will be recorded to agree with the original due date of the cycle.
ii) If the Continuous Survey is completed prematurely but within three months prior to the due date,
the Special Periodical Survey will be credited to agree with the effective due date.
iii) Each part (item) surveyed becomes due again for survey approximately five years from the date of
the survey.
iv) For Continuous Surveys, a suitable notation will be entered in the Record and the date of completion
of the cycle published.
v) If any defects are found during the survey, they are to be dealt with to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
vi) ABS reserves the right to authorize extensions of Rule-required Special Continuous Surveys under
extreme circumstances.
7.3 Survey Based on Preventative Maintenance Techniques

A properly conducted preventative maintenance/condition-monitoring plan may be credited as satisfying
the requirements of Special Continuous Survey.
This plan must be in accordance with Appendix 7-A-14 “Surveys Based on Preventative Maintenance
Techniques” of the ABS Rules for Survey After Construction (Part 7).
7.5 Surveys Using Risk-based Techniques

A properly conducted Risk-based Inspection plan or Reliability-centered Maintenance Plan may be credited
as satisfying requirements of Special Continuous Survey.
The plan must be in accordance with the ABS Guide for Surveys Using Risk-based Inspection for the
Offshore Industry or the ABS Guide for Surveys Based on Reliability-Centered Maintenance.
9 Modifications, Damage and Repairs

When it is intended to carry out any modifications to the machinery, piping, equipment, etc., which may
affect Classification, the details of such modifications are to be submitted for approval and the work is to
be carried out to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
i) When a system certified with ABS has suffered any damage to machinery, piping or equipment, etc.,
which may affect Classification, ABS is to be notified and the damage inspected by a Surveyor.
ii) If a classed drilling system suffers any damage to its equipment, ABS is to be notified and the
damage examined by a Surveyor. Details of intended repairs are to be submitted for approval, and
the work is to be carried out to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor.

iii) Where component parts suffer a premature or unexpected failure, and are subsequently repaired or
replaced without Surveyor attendance, details of the failure, including the damaged parts where
practicable, are to be retained onboard for examination by the Surveyor during the next scheduled
survey/visit.
iv) Alternatively, the component(s) may be taken ashore for examination and testing, as required. If
failures are deemed to be a result of inadequate or inappropriate maintenance, the DEMP is to be
amended and resubmitted for approval.

Appendix 1: Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS Classification of Drilling Systems
APPENDIX 1 Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS

Classification of Drilling Systems
(1 September 2012) The latest edition of the following codes and standards are applicable and referenced
in this Guide.
ABS is prepared to consider other appropriate alternative methods and recognized codes and standards.
When alternate codes and/or standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to demonstrate
equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide and are to be performed in
accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
API (1 September 2012)

Bul 16J Comparison of Marine Drilling Riser Analysis
Bul 2INT-MET Interim Guidance on Hurricane Conditions in the Gulf of Mexico
RP 2A-WSD Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms – Working Stress
Design
Spec 2C Offshore Pedestal Mounted Cranes
RP 2X Ultrasonic and Magnetic Examination of Offshore Structural Fabrication and
Guidelines for Qualification of Technicians
Std. 4A Steel Derricks
Spec 4F Drilling and Well Servicing Structures
Spec 5D Drill Pipe
Spec 6A Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment
Spec 6AV1 Verification Test of Wellhead Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves
for Offshore Service
Spec 7-1 Rotary Drill Stem Elements
Spec 7B-11C Internal Combustion Reciprocating Engines for Oil Field Service
Spec 7F Oil-Field Chain and Sprockets
Spec 7K Drilling and Well Servicing Equipment
Spec 8A Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment
Spec 8C Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment
Spec 9A Wire Rope
RP 9B Application, Care, and Use of Wire Rope for Oil Field Service
Spec 12J Oil and Gas Separators
Spec 12K Indirect-type Oil-Field Heaters
RP 13C Recommended Practice on Drilling Fluids Processing Systems Evaluation
Spec 14A Subsurface Safety Valve Equipment
RP 14B Design, Installation, Operation and Redress of Subsurface Safety Valve Systems

RP 14C Analysis, Design, Installation and Testing of Basic Surface Systems on Offshore
Production Platforms
RP 14E Design and Installation of Offshore Production Platform Piping Systems
RP 14F Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Fixed and Floating Offshore
Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and Class I, Division 1 and Division 2
Locations
RP 14FZ Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Fixed and Floating Offshore
Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1, and Zone 2
Locations
RP 14G Fire Prevention and Control on Fixed Open Type Offshore Production Platforms
RP 14J Design and Hazards Analysis for Offshore Production Facilities
Spec 16A Drill Through Equipment
Spec 16C Choke and Kill Systems
Spec 16D Control Systems for Drilling Well Control Equipment and Control Systems for
Diverter Equipment
Spec 16F Marine Drilling Riser Equipment
RP 16Q Design, Selection, Operation and Maintenance of Marine Drilling Riser Systems
Spec 16R Marine Drilling Riser Couplings
RP 16RCD Specification for Drill Through Equipment – Rotating Control Devices
RP 17A Design and Operation of Subsea Production Systems – General Requirements
and Recommendations (ISO 13628-1)
RP 17B Flexible Pipe
Spec 17D Subsea Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment (ISO 13628-4)
Spec 17E Subsea Production Control Umbilicals (ISO 13628-5)
Spec 17F Subsea Production Control Systems (ISO 13628-6)
Spec 17J Unbonded Flexible Pipe
Spec 17K Bonded Flexible Pipe
RP 17G Design and Operation of Completion/Workover Riser Systems
RP 17H Remotely Operated Vehicles (ROV) Interfaces on Subsea Production Systems
(ISO 13628-8)
RP 53 Blowout Prevention Equipment Systems for Drilling Operations
RP 59 Well Control Operations
RP 64 Diverter Systems Equipments and Operations
RP 500 Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities
Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2
RP 505 Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities
Classified as Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1 and Zone 2
Std. 520 Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Systems in Refineries,
Part I – Sizing and Selection
Std. 521 Pressure Relieving and Depressuring Systems
Std. 610 Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industries
Std. 2000 Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks
RP 2003 Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning and Stray Contents

ASME (1 September 2012)

B31.3 Process Piping
Section V Nondestructive Examination
Section VIII, Div. 1 Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels
Section VIII, Div. 2 Alternative Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels
Section IX Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers,
and Welding and Brazing Operators
Section X Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels
ASNT (1 September 2012)

SNT-TC-1A Personnel Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Testing
ASTM (1 September 2012)

A143 Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized
Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement
A153 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
A384 Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot-
Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies
A385 Standard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)
A388 Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Heavy Steel Forgings
E8 Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
E10 Standard Test Methods for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials
E18 Standard Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial Hardness
of Metallic Materials
E92 Standard Test Method for Vickers Hardness of Metallic Materials
E94 Standard Guide for Radiographic Testing
E165 Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Inspection
E186 Standard Reference Radiographs for Heavy Walled (2 to 4.5 in.) (51 to 114 mm)
Steel Castings
E280 Standard Reference Radiographs for (4.5 to 12 in.) (114 to 305 mm) Steel Castings
E428 Standard Practice for Fabrication and Control of Steel Reference Blocks Used in
Ultrasonic Inspection
E446 Standard Reference Radiographs for Steel Castings up to 2 in. in Thickness
E609 Standard Practice for Casting, Carbon, Low-Alloy, and Martensitic Stainless Steel,
Ultrasonic Examination Thereof
E709 Standard Recommended Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination
AWS
D1.1 Structural Welding Code – Steel
BCSA (1 September 2012)

Publication No. 40/05 Galvanizing Structural Steelwork – An Approach to the Management of Liquid
Metal Assisted Cracking

EN (1 September 2012)
473 / ISO 9712 Non-destructive testing – Qualifications and certification of NDT personnel –
General principles
IEC
61508 Functional Safety of Electrical/Electronic/Programmable Electronic Safety-Related
Systems, Part 1 - 6
IEEE
C37.06.1 Guide for High Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis
Designated “Definite Purpose for Fast Transient Recovery Voltage Rise Times”
C37.20.6 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Ground and Test Devices Used in Enclosures
Std. 45 Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard
Std. 142 Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Std. 242 Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
ISO (1 September 2012)

9712 Non-destructive testing – Qualifications and certification of NDT personnel –
General principles
19901-1 Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries – Specific requirements for offshore
structures – Part 1: Metocean design and operating considerations-First Edition
NACE
MR 0175/ISO 15156 Materials for use in H2S containing environment in oil and gas production
NFPA (1 September 2012)

37 Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas
Turbines
70 National Electrical Code
496 Standard for Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
SAE
J517 Hydraulic Hoses

Appendix 2: Example of Manufacturer’s Affidavit of Compliance (MAC)
APPENDIX 2 Example of Manufacturer’s Affidavit of

Compliance (MAC)
The following is an example of Manufacturer’s Affidavit of Compliance (MAC), issued in accordance
with Section 4, Table 1.
The contents of the MAC are to be specific to the manufacturer’s equipment or components and the respective
design and manufacturing parameters.

Appendix 2 Example of Manufacturer’s Affidavit of Compliance (MAC)
ABC Manufacturing Company

12345 Street Avenue
City, State, [Zip Code/Postal Code]
Country Date: Jan 01, 2011
MANUFACTURER’S AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE

Manufacturer & Address : ABC Manufacturing Company
: 12345 Street Avenue
City, State (Zip Code)
Customer & Address : XYZ Drilling Corporation

12345 Street Avenue
Customer PO# : AAA-12345
Description of Equipment : Ram Assembly 5 ½” 18-15M

Equipment Model Number :
Equipment Part/Serial Number : XXX-YYY
EXAMPLE
Date of Manufacturing :
Equipment Pressure Rating or : Temperature Rating: (min / max) °C

Load Rating
Equipment Test Pressure or :
Test Load
Date of Pressure Test or Load Test :
Code(s), Standard(s) or Specification(s) Applied : (list all applicable)
This affidavit is prepared by the undersigned, authorized representative of the manufacturer, to certify that
the equipment described above and supplied for this order is in full compliance with respect to the design,
assembly, manufacture, and testing of the equipment in accordance with the referenced code(s), standard(s) or
specification(s), and is suitable for the intended use in accordance with the referenced design parameters.
This affidavit is prepared by the undersigned, authorized representative of the manufacturer, to certify that
the equipment described above is in compliance with the requirements of the ABS “Guide for the
Classification of Drilling Systems”, and is enclosed as part of the equipment delivery/shipment documents.
Signature
Name :
Title :
Date :

Appendix 3: Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC)
APPENDIX 3 Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC)

The following is an example of ABS Independent Review Certificate (IRC), issued in accordance with
Section 4, Table 1.
The contents of the IRC and associated CoC are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design
parameters and approval.

Appendix 3 Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC)
AMERICAN BUREAU OF SHIPPING

INDEPENDENT REVIEW CERTIFICATE
IRC No.:_________________________ Issuance Date: _____________________________
ABS OPN/PID: Revalidation Date: __________________________
This is to certify that the design plans and data for the manufacture of the equipment listed below have
been reviewed and found to be in compliance with the specified codes, standards, or specifications, and the ABS
Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems.


Equipment Model No. :
Equipment Part. : XXX-YYY
Date of Manufacturing
Equipment Design Conditions:

EXAMPLE : Jan 01, 2011
Maximum Rated Working Pressure :

Hydrostatic Test Pressure :
Design Temperature : (min / max) O C
Service Condition :
Operator Rated Working Pressure :
Codes, Standards, or Specifications : API 16A
Drawing and documentation, as per attached list.
By:
ABS Engineer
Principal Engineer
Offshore Engineering Department – Machinery Group
This certificate is a representation that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or other item covered by this certificate has met one or more of the Rules,
Guides standards or other criteria of ABS or of a National Administration and is issued solely for use by ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities. The
validity, applicability and interpretation of this certificate is governed by the Rules and Standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in
this certificate or in any notation made in contemplation of this certificate shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, repairer, operator or
other entity of any warranty express or implied.

Appendix 3 Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC)

INDEPENDENT REVIEW CERTIFICATE
DRAWING AND DOCUMENTATION LIST
Attachment to ABS Independent Review Certificate (HOE-XXXXXX/2010)
ABS OPN/PID: Date:
Manufacturer : ABC Manufacturing Company


Equipment Part No. : XXX-YYY
Date of Manufacturing : Jan 01, 2011
DRAWING AND DOCUMENTATION LIST
Drawing No. Rev. Drawing Title
EXAMPLE
RELATED CORRESPONDENCE:
IRC No: HOE-XXXXXX/2009
This certificate is a representation that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or other item covered by this certificate has met one or more of the Rules,
Guides standards or other criteria of ABS or of a National Administration and is issued solely for use by ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities. The
validity, applicability and interpretation of this certificate is governed by the Rules and Standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in
this certificate or in any notation made in contemplation of this certificate shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, repairer, operator or
other entity of any warranty express or implied.

Appendix 4: Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC)
APPENDIX 4 Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC)
The following is an example of ABS Certificate of Conformity (CoC), issued in accordance with Section 4,
Table 1.
The contents of the IRC and associated CoC are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design
parameters and approval.

Appendix 4 Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC)

CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Certificate No.: Independent Review Certificate (IRC)
ABS OPN/PID: _______________ IRC No.: ____________________
Date: ________________________ Issuance Date: _______________
This is to certify that the undersigned Surveyor has surveyed the following equipment in accordance
with the ABS Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems.


________________________________________________________
Equipment Part/Serial No. : XXX-YYY
Date of Survey
Equipment Design Conditions:

Maximum Rated Working Pressure/Load :
EXAMPLE : Jan 01, 2011
Design Temperature: (min / max) °C

Service Condition : H 2 S (yes / no)
Equipment Design Code or Standard :
Scope of Survey:
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
Equipment Testing, as applicable:

Test Pressure / Load : Temperature :
Gage Number : Calibration Date :
Hold Time :
Drawing or Documentation : _______________________________________________________________
Port of Issue : ___________________________________
Issued by : ___________________________________ _______________________________________

ABS Surveyor Signature
This Certificate evidences compliance with one or more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of ABS and is issued solely for the use of ABS, its committees, its clients or
other authorized entities. This Certificate is a representation only that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or any other item covered by this Certificate has met one or
more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of ABS as of the date of issue. Parties are advised to review the Rules for the scope and conditions of classification and to review
the survey records for a fuller description of any restrictions or limitations on the vessel's service or surveys. The validity, applicability and interpretation of this Certificate are governed
by the Rules and standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in this Certificate or in any notation made in contemplation of this Certificate shall
be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator or other entity or any warranty express or implied.

Appendix 5: Example of Survey Report (SR)
APPENDIX 5 Example of Survey Report (SR) (1 September 2012)

The following is an example of ABS Survey Report (AB Report Vendor), issued in accordance with
Section 4, Table 1.
The contents of the Survey Report are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design parameters
and approval.

Appendix 5 Example of Survey Report (SR)
Customer Name: ABC MANUFACTURING COMPANY Purchase Order No.: 12345678

Attending Office: City, State (Zip Code) Report Number: HS1234567
First Visit Date: January 02, 2012 Last Visit Date: February 02, 2012
Certification Of: Bonnet Assembly Quantity: One (1)
Manufacturer: ABC MANUFACTURING COMPANY

12345 Street Avenue
Survey Location: ABC MANUFACTURING COMPANY
Equipment Data: Serial No.: XY-11111-01
EXAMPLE
This is to Certify that the undersigned surveyor(s) to this Bureau did, at the request of the customer, carry out the
following survey and report as follows:
Surveyor(s) to The American Bureau of Shipping

Attending Surveyors
Last Name, First Name ________________________________________
Reviewed By: ________________________________________
NOTE: This report evidences that the survey reported herein was carried out in compliance with one or more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of ABS and is issued
solely for the use of ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities. This Report is a representation only that the vessel, structure, item or material equipment, machinery or
any other item covered by this Report has been examined for compliance with, or has met one or more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of American Bureau of Shipping.
The validity, applicability and interpretation of this report are governed by the Rules and standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in this
Report or in any notation made in the contemplation of this Report shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator or other
entity of any warranty express or implied.
AB Report Vendor

Appendix 6: Example Maintenance Release Note (MRN)
APPENDIX 6 Example Maintenance Release Note (MRN)
Report Number: HS03179

Port of: Houston
Date: Jan 01, 2011
P.O. No.: AA-BB-CCC
Owner: XYZ Drilling Corporation
Address:
Name of Drilling Unit: XYZ-001
ABS OPN/VID: 0123456
Supplier & Location: Drilling Rig Equipment Inc. – Houston, Texas
EXAMPLE
ABS CLASSED DRILLING SYSTEM COMPONENT
MAINTENANCE RELEASE NOTE
This is to certify that the undersigned Surveyor to this Bureau, did at the request of the Client, carry out an
examination of the below stated drilling system component in accordance with ABS Guide for the Classification of Drilling
Systems and other below stated standards.
The component(s) was(were) examined, pressure-tested (as applicable), its function and shutdowns, as fitted, were tested,
its maintenance records and documentation package including the nondestructive examination records (as applicable)
were reviewed, and considered satisfactory subject to installation on board the above noted drilling unit.
The undersigned recommends that this report be considered as contributing towards demonstration of compliance with
the ABS Guide for Classification of Drilling Systems subject to the reservations contained in this report (if any).
The component(s) will be re-examined to extent deemed necessary by the attending ABS Surveyor at time of next due
periodical survey of the drilling unit
Description of drilling system component :
Codes, standards, or specifications :
Details of survey :
_______________________
ABS Surveyor
NOTE: This Certificate evidences compliance with one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS and is issued solely for the use of ABS, its committees, its
clients or other authorized entities. This Certificate is a representation only that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or any other item covered by this
Certificate has met one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS as of the date of issue. Parties are advised to review the Rules for the scope and
conditions of classification and to review the survey records for a fuller description of any restrictions or limitation on the vessel’s service or surveys. The validity, applicability
and interpretation of this Certificate are governed by the Rules and standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in this Certificate or in
any notation made in contemplation of this Certificate shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator or other entity
or any warranty express or implied.

CDS Guide 2012 e Jan17

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

CDS Guide 2012 e Jan17

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems

GUIDE FOR THE

CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS

SEPTEMBER 2012 (Updated January 2017 – see next page)

American Bureau of Shipping

 2012 American Bureau of Shipping. All rights reserved.

January 2017 consolidation includes:

December 2015 consolidation includes:

February 2014 consolidation includes:

Foreword (1 September 2012)

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 iii

iv ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 v

GUIDE FOR THE

CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS

vi ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

SECTION 2 Design of Drilling Systems .................................................................. 24

SECTION 3 Drilling Systems ................................................................................... 47

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 vii

SECTION 4 Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval .......................... 91

viii ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

TABLE 1 Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment ............. 96

SECTION 5 Drilling System Piping ....................................................................... 120

SECTION 6 Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment ................................ 126

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 ix

SECTION 8 Surveys at Vendor’s Plant, During Installation and

SECTION 9 Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class .................. 146

x ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

APPENDIX 2 Example of Manufacturer’s Affidavit of Compliance (MAC) ........... 156

APPENDIX 3 Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC) .......................... 158

APPENDIX 4 Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC) .................................... 161

APPENDIX 5 Example of Survey Report (SR) ........................................................ 163

APPENDIX 6 Example Maintenance Release Note (MRN) ..................................... 165

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 xi

SECTION 1 Scope and Conditions of Classification

1.3 Certificates and Reports

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 1

1.5 Representations as to Classification (1 September 2012)

1.7 Scope of Classification

2 ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

3 Suspension and Cancellation of Class

3.1 Termination of Classification and Notice of Surveys (1 September 2012)

3.3 Suspension of Class

3.5 Lifting of Suspension

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 3

3.7 Cancellation of Class (1 December 2015)

5.1 ABS Class Notation (1 December 2015)

5.2 CDS Ready Notation (2017)

5.3 Systems Not Built Under Survey (1 September 2012)

4 ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

7 Rules for Classification

7.3 Effective Date of Change of Requirement

7.5 Scope (1 September 2012)

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 5

6 ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

7.7.2 National Standards

7.9 Risk Assessment

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 7

9.1 International and Other Regulations

9.3 Governmental Regulations

8 ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

15 Conditions for Survey After Construction

15.1 Damage, Failure and Repair

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 9